Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | /* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com) |
| 2 | * All rights reserved. |
| 3 | * |
| 4 | * This package is an SSL implementation written |
| 5 | * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com). |
| 6 | * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL. |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | * |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 8 | * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as |
| 9 | * the following conditions are aheared to. The following conditions |
| 10 | * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA, |
| 11 | * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code. The SSL documentation |
| 12 | * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms |
| 13 | * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com). |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 14 | * |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in |
| 16 | * the code are not to be removed. |
| 17 | * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution |
| 18 | * as the author of the parts of the library used. |
| 19 | * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or |
| 20 | * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package. |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | * |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without |
| 23 | * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions |
| 24 | * are met: |
| 25 | * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright |
| 26 | * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. |
| 27 | * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright |
| 28 | * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the |
| 29 | * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. |
| 30 | * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software |
| 31 | * must display the following acknowledgement: |
| 32 | * "This product includes cryptographic software written by |
| 33 | * Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)" |
| 34 | * The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library |
| 35 | * being used are not cryptographic related :-). |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 36 | * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 37 | * the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement: |
| 38 | * "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)" |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 39 | * |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 40 | * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND |
| 41 | * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE |
| 42 | * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE |
| 43 | * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE |
| 44 | * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL |
| 45 | * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS |
| 46 | * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) |
| 47 | * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT |
| 48 | * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY |
| 49 | * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF |
| 50 | * SUCH DAMAGE. |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 51 | * |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 52 | * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or |
| 53 | * derivative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be |
| 54 | * copied and put under another distribution licence |
| 55 | * [including the GNU Public Licence.] |
| 56 | */ |
| 57 | /* ==================================================================== |
| 58 | * Copyright (c) 1998-2007 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved. |
| 59 | * |
| 60 | * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without |
| 61 | * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions |
| 62 | * are met: |
| 63 | * |
| 64 | * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 65 | * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 66 | * |
| 67 | * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright |
| 68 | * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in |
| 69 | * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the |
| 70 | * distribution. |
| 71 | * |
| 72 | * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this |
| 73 | * software must display the following acknowledgment: |
| 74 | * "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project |
| 75 | * for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)" |
| 76 | * |
| 77 | * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to |
| 78 | * endorse or promote products derived from this software without |
| 79 | * prior written permission. For written permission, please contact |
| 80 | * openssl-core@openssl.org. |
| 81 | * |
| 82 | * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" |
| 83 | * nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written |
| 84 | * permission of the OpenSSL Project. |
| 85 | * |
| 86 | * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following |
| 87 | * acknowledgment: |
| 88 | * "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project |
| 89 | * for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)" |
| 90 | * |
| 91 | * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY |
| 92 | * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE |
| 93 | * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR |
| 94 | * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR |
| 95 | * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, |
| 96 | * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT |
| 97 | * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; |
| 98 | * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) |
| 99 | * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, |
| 100 | * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) |
| 101 | * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED |
| 102 | * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. |
| 103 | * ==================================================================== |
| 104 | * |
| 105 | * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young |
| 106 | * (eay@cryptsoft.com). This product includes software written by Tim |
| 107 | * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com). |
| 108 | * |
| 109 | */ |
| 110 | /* ==================================================================== |
| 111 | * Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 112 | * ECC cipher suite support in OpenSSL originally developed by |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 113 | * SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and contributed to the OpenSSL project. |
| 114 | */ |
| 115 | /* ==================================================================== |
| 116 | * Copyright 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. |
| 117 | * |
| 118 | * The portions of the attached software ("Contribution") is developed by |
| 119 | * Nokia Corporation and is licensed pursuant to the OpenSSL open source |
| 120 | * license. |
| 121 | * |
| 122 | * The Contribution, originally written by Mika Kousa and Pasi Eronen of |
| 123 | * Nokia Corporation, consists of the "PSK" (Pre-Shared Key) ciphersuites |
| 124 | * support (see RFC 4279) to OpenSSL. |
| 125 | * |
| 126 | * No patent licenses or other rights except those expressly stated in |
| 127 | * the OpenSSL open source license shall be deemed granted or received |
| 128 | * expressly, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise. |
| 129 | * |
| 130 | * No assurances are provided by Nokia that the Contribution does not |
| 131 | * infringe the patent or other intellectual property rights of any third |
| 132 | * party or that the license provides you with all the necessary rights |
| 133 | * to make use of the Contribution. |
| 134 | * |
| 135 | * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. IN |
| 136 | * ADDITION TO THE DISCLAIMERS INCLUDED IN THE LICENSE, NOKIA |
| 137 | * SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY FOR CLAIMS BROUGHT BY YOU OR ANY |
| 138 | * OTHER ENTITY BASED ON INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OR |
| 139 | * OTHERWISE. |
| 140 | */ |
| 141 | |
David Benjamin | 087e4fa | 2015-04-08 23:46:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 142 | #ifndef OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H |
| 143 | #define OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 144 | |
| 145 | #include <openssl/base.h> |
| 146 | |
| 147 | #include <openssl/bio.h> |
| 148 | #include <openssl/buf.h> |
| 149 | #include <openssl/hmac.h> |
| 150 | #include <openssl/lhash.h> |
| 151 | #include <openssl/pem.h> |
David Benjamin | d5635d4 | 2015-10-17 19:45:00 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 152 | #include <openssl/ssl3.h> |
Adam Langley | 0b5e390 | 2015-05-15 13:08:38 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 153 | #include <openssl/thread.h> |
David Benjamin | 07e1384 | 2015-10-17 13:48:04 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 154 | #include <openssl/tls1.h> |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 155 | #include <openssl/x509.h> |
| 156 | |
David Benjamin | 2e749e8 | 2015-04-07 23:20:51 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 157 | #if !defined(OPENSSL_WINDOWS) |
| 158 | #include <sys/time.h> |
| 159 | #endif |
| 160 | |
Adam Langley | c3ef76f | 2015-04-13 14:34:17 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 161 | /* wpa_supplicant expects to get the version functions from ssl.h */ |
| 162 | #include <openssl/crypto.h> |
| 163 | |
David Benjamin | 4d2e7ce | 2015-05-08 13:29:45 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 164 | /* Forward-declare struct timeval. On Windows, it is defined in winsock2.h and |
| 165 | * Windows headers define too many macros to be included in public headers. |
| 166 | * However, only a forward declaration is needed. */ |
| 167 | struct timeval; |
| 168 | |
David Benjamin | 087e4fa | 2015-04-08 23:46:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 169 | #if defined(__cplusplus) |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 170 | extern "C" { |
| 171 | #endif |
| 172 | |
| 173 | |
David Benjamin | 0d8a758 | 2015-04-08 23:55:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 174 | /* SSL implementation. */ |
| 175 | |
| 176 | |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 177 | /* SSL contexts. |
| 178 | * |
| 179 | * |SSL_CTX| objects manage shared state and configuration between multiple TLS |
| 180 | * or DTLS connections. Whether the connections are TLS or DTLS is selected by |
| 181 | * an |SSL_METHOD| on creation. |
| 182 | * |
| 183 | * |SSL_CTX| are reference-counted and may be shared by connections across |
| 184 | * multiple threads. Once shared, functions which change the |SSL_CTX|'s |
| 185 | * configuration may not be used. */ |
David Benjamin | 4831c33 | 2015-05-16 11:43:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 186 | |
| 187 | /* TLS_method is the |SSL_METHOD| used for TLS (and SSLv3) connections. */ |
| 188 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_method(void); |
| 189 | |
| 190 | /* DTLS_method is the |SSL_METHOD| used for DTLS connections. */ |
| 191 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_method(void); |
| 192 | |
| 193 | /* SSL_CTX_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL_CTX| with default settings or NULL |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 194 | * on error. */ |
David Benjamin | 4831c33 | 2015-05-16 11:43:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 195 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_CTX_new(const SSL_METHOD *method); |
| 196 | |
| 197 | /* SSL_CTX_free releases memory associated with |ctx|. */ |
| 198 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_free(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 199 | |
| 200 | |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 201 | /* SSL connections. |
| 202 | * |
| 203 | * An |SSL| object represents a single TLS or DTLS connection. Although the |
| 204 | * shared |SSL_CTX| is thread-safe, an |SSL| is not thread-safe and may only be |
| 205 | * used on one thread at a time. */ |
David Benjamin | 4831c33 | 2015-05-16 11:43:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 206 | |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 207 | /* SSL_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL| using |ctx| or NULL on error. The new |
| 208 | * connection inherits settings from |ctx| at the time of creation. Settings may |
| 209 | * also be individually configured on the connection. |
David Benjamin | 4831c33 | 2015-05-16 11:43:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 210 | * |
| 211 | * On creation, an |SSL| is not configured to be either a client or server. Call |
| 212 | * |SSL_set_connect_state| or |SSL_set_accept_state| to set this. */ |
| 213 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL *SSL_new(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 214 | |
| 215 | /* SSL_free releases memory associated with |ssl|. */ |
| 216 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_free(SSL *ssl); |
| 217 | |
David Benjamin | 63006a9 | 2015-10-18 00:00:06 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 218 | /* SSL_get_SSL_CTX returns the |SSL_CTX| associated with |ssl|. If |
| 219 | * |SSL_set_SSL_CTX| is called, it returns the new |SSL_CTX|, not the initial |
| 220 | * one. */ |
| 221 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_get_SSL_CTX(const SSL *ssl); |
| 222 | |
David Benjamin | 4831c33 | 2015-05-16 11:43:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 223 | /* SSL_set_connect_state configures |ssl| to be a client. */ |
| 224 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_connect_state(SSL *ssl); |
| 225 | |
| 226 | /* SSL_set_accept_state configures |ssl| to be a server. */ |
| 227 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_accept_state(SSL *ssl); |
| 228 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 229 | /* SSL_is_server returns one if |ssl| is configured as a server and zero |
| 230 | * otherwise. */ |
| 231 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_server(SSL *ssl); |
| 232 | |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 233 | /* SSL_set_bio configures |ssl| to read from |rbio| and write to |wbio|. |ssl| |
| 234 | * takes ownership of the two |BIO|s. If |rbio| and |wbio| are the same, |ssl| |
| 235 | * only takes ownership of one reference. |
| 236 | * |
David Benjamin | 8ac00ca | 2015-10-03 11:14:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 237 | * In DTLS, if |rbio| is blocking, it must handle |
| 238 | * |BIO_CTRL_DGRAM_SET_NEXT_TIMEOUT| control requests to set read timeouts. |
| 239 | * |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 240 | * Calling this function on an already-configured |ssl| is deprecated. */ |
| 241 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_bio(SSL *ssl, BIO *rbio, BIO *wbio); |
| 242 | |
| 243 | /* SSL_get_rbio returns the |BIO| that |ssl| reads from. */ |
| 244 | OPENSSL_EXPORT BIO *SSL_get_rbio(const SSL *ssl); |
| 245 | |
| 246 | /* SSL_get_wbio returns the |BIO| that |ssl| writes to. */ |
| 247 | OPENSSL_EXPORT BIO *SSL_get_wbio(const SSL *ssl); |
| 248 | |
David Benjamin | 066fe0a | 2015-10-17 21:11:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 249 | /* SSL_get_fd calls |SSL_get_rfd|. */ |
| 250 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_fd(const SSL *ssl); |
| 251 | |
| 252 | /* SSL_get_rfd returns the file descriptor that |ssl| is configured to read |
| 253 | * from. If |ssl|'s read |BIO| is not configured or doesn't wrap a file |
| 254 | * descriptor then it returns -1. */ |
| 255 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_rfd(const SSL *ssl); |
| 256 | |
| 257 | /* SSL_get_wfd returns the file descriptor that |ssl| is configured to write |
| 258 | * to. If |ssl|'s write |BIO| is not configured or doesn't wrap a file |
| 259 | * descriptor then it returns -1. */ |
| 260 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_wfd(const SSL *ssl); |
| 261 | |
| 262 | /* SSL_set_wfd configures |ssl| to read from and write to |fd|. It returns one |
| 263 | * on success and zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of |
| 264 | * |fd|. */ |
| 265 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_fd(SSL *ssl, int fd); |
| 266 | |
| 267 | /* SSL_set_rfd configures |ssl| to read from |fd|. It returns one on success and |
| 268 | * zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of |fd|. */ |
| 269 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_rfd(SSL *ssl, int fd); |
| 270 | |
| 271 | /* SSL_set_wfd configures |ssl| to write to |fd|. It returns one on success and |
| 272 | * zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of |fd|. */ |
| 273 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_wfd(SSL *ssl, int fd); |
| 274 | |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 275 | /* SSL_do_handshake continues the current handshake. If there is none or the |
| 276 | * handshake has completed or False Started, it returns one. Otherwise, it |
| 277 | * returns <= 0. The caller should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to |
| 278 | * determine how to proceed. |
| 279 | * |
David Benjamin | 8ac00ca | 2015-10-03 11:14:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 280 | * In DTLS, if the read |BIO| is non-blocking, the caller must drive |
| 281 | * retransmissions. Whenever |SSL_get_error| signals |SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ|, use |
| 282 | * |DTLSv1_get_timeout| to determine the current timeout. If it expires before |
| 283 | * the next retry, call |DTLSv1_handle_timeout|. Note that DTLS handshake |
| 284 | * retransmissions use fresh sequence numbers, so it is not sufficient to replay |
| 285 | * packets at the transport. |
| 286 | * |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 287 | * TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF. |
| 288 | * https://crbug.com/466303. */ |
| 289 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_do_handshake(SSL *ssl); |
| 290 | |
| 291 | /* SSL_connect configures |ssl| as a client, if unconfigured, and calls |
| 292 | * |SSL_do_handshake|. */ |
| 293 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_connect(SSL *ssl); |
| 294 | |
| 295 | /* SSL_accept configures |ssl| as a server, if unconfigured, and calls |
| 296 | * |SSL_do_handshake|. */ |
| 297 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_accept(SSL *ssl); |
| 298 | |
| 299 | /* SSL_read reads up to |num| bytes from |ssl| into |buf|. It implicitly runs |
| 300 | * any pending handshakes, including renegotiations when enabled. On success, it |
| 301 | * returns the number of bytes read. Otherwise, it returns <= 0. The caller |
| 302 | * should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. |
| 303 | * |
| 304 | * TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF. |
| 305 | * https://crbug.com/466303. */ |
| 306 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_read(SSL *ssl, void *buf, int num); |
| 307 | |
| 308 | /* SSL_peek behaves like |SSL_read| but does not consume any bytes returned. */ |
| 309 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_peek(SSL *ssl, void *buf, int num); |
| 310 | |
David Benjamin | 9f85949 | 2015-10-03 10:44:30 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 311 | /* SSL_pending returns the number of bytes available in |ssl|. It does not read |
| 312 | * from the transport. */ |
| 313 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_pending(const SSL *ssl); |
| 314 | |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 315 | /* SSL_write writes up to |num| bytes from |buf| into |ssl|. It implicitly runs |
| 316 | * any pending handshakes, including renegotiations when enabled. On success, it |
| 317 | * returns the number of bytes read. Otherwise, it returns <= 0. The caller |
| 318 | * should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. |
| 319 | * |
| 320 | * A non-blocking |SSL_write| differs from non-blocking |write| in that a failed |
| 321 | * |SSL_write| still commits to the data passed in. When retrying, the caller |
| 322 | * must supply the original write buffer (or a larger one containing the |
| 323 | * original as a prefix). By default, retries will fail if they also do not |
| 324 | * reuse the same |buf| pointer. This may be relaxed with |
| 325 | * |SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER|, but the buffer contents still must be |
| 326 | * unchanged. |
| 327 | * |
| 328 | * By default, |SSL_write| will not return success until all |num| bytes are |
| 329 | * written. This may be relaxed with |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE|. It allows |
| 330 | * |SSL_write| to complete with a partial result when only part of the input was |
| 331 | * written in a single record. |
| 332 | * |
| 333 | * TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF. |
| 334 | * https://crbug.com/466303. */ |
| 335 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_write(SSL *ssl, const void *buf, int num); |
| 336 | |
| 337 | /* SSL_shutdown shuts down |ssl|. On success, it completes in two stages. First, |
| 338 | * it returns 0 if |ssl| completed uni-directional shutdown; close_notify has |
| 339 | * been sent, but the peer's close_notify has not been received. Most callers |
| 340 | * may stop at this point. For bi-directional shutdown, call |SSL_shutdown| |
| 341 | * again. It returns 1 if close_notify has been both sent and received. |
| 342 | * |
| 343 | * If the peer's close_notify arrived first, the first stage is skipped. |
| 344 | * |SSL_shutdown| will return 1 once close_notify is sent and skip 0. Callers |
| 345 | * only interested in uni-directional shutdown must therefore allow for the |
| 346 | * first stage returning either 0 or 1. |
| 347 | * |
| 348 | * |SSL_shutdown| returns -1 on failure. The caller should pass the return value |
| 349 | * into |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. If the underlying |BIO| is |
| 350 | * non-blocking, both stages may require retry. |
| 351 | * |
| 352 | * |SSL_shutdown| must be called to retain |ssl|'s session in the session |
| 353 | * cache. Use |SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown| to configure |SSL_shutdown| to |
| 354 | * neither send nor wait for close_notify but still retain the session. |
| 355 | * |
| 356 | * TODO(davidben): Is there any point in the session cache interaction? Remove |
| 357 | * it? */ |
| 358 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_shutdown(SSL *ssl); |
| 359 | |
David Benjamin | 9f85949 | 2015-10-03 10:44:30 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 360 | /* SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown sets quiet shutdown on |ctx| to |mode|. If |
| 361 | * enabled, |SSL_shutdown| will not send a close_notify alert or wait for one |
| 362 | * from the peer. It will instead synchronously return one. */ |
| 363 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode); |
| 364 | |
| 365 | /* SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown returns whether quiet shutdown is enabled for |
| 366 | * |ctx|. */ |
| 367 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 368 | |
| 369 | /* SSL_set_quiet_shutdown sets quiet shutdown on |ssl| to |mode|. If enabled, |
| 370 | * |SSL_shutdown| will not send a close_notify alert or wait for one from the |
| 371 | * peer. It will instead synchronously return one. */ |
| 372 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL *ssl, int mode); |
| 373 | |
| 374 | /* SSL_get_quiet_shutdown returns whether quiet shutdown is enabled for |
| 375 | * |ssl|. */ |
| 376 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL *ssl); |
| 377 | |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 378 | /* SSL_get_error returns a |SSL_ERROR_*| value for the most recent operation on |
David Benjamin | f91fa5c | 2015-10-18 01:28:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 379 | * |ssl|. It should be called after an operation failed to determine whether the |
| 380 | * error was fatal and, if not, when to retry. */ |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 381 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_error(const SSL *ssl, int ret_code); |
| 382 | |
| 383 | /* SSL_ERROR_NONE indicates the operation succeeded. */ |
| 384 | #define SSL_ERROR_NONE 0 |
| 385 | |
| 386 | /* SSL_ERROR_SSL indicates the operation failed within the library. The caller |
| 387 | * may inspect the error queue for more information. */ |
| 388 | #define SSL_ERROR_SSL 1 |
| 389 | |
| 390 | /* SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ indicates the operation failed attempting to read from |
| 391 | * the transport. The caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready |
David Benjamin | 8ac00ca | 2015-10-03 11:14:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 392 | * for reading. |
| 393 | * |
| 394 | * If signaled by a DTLS handshake, the caller must also call |
| 395 | * |DTLSv1_get_timeout| and |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| as appropriate. See |
| 396 | * |SSL_do_handshake|. */ |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 397 | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ 2 |
| 398 | |
| 399 | /* SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ indicates the operation failed attempting to write to |
| 400 | * the transport. The caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready |
| 401 | * for writing. */ |
| 402 | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE 3 |
| 403 | |
| 404 | /* SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP indicates the operation failed in calling the |
| 405 | * |cert_cb| or |client_cert_cb|. The caller may retry the operation when the |
| 406 | * callback is ready to return a certificate or one has been configured |
| 407 | * externally. |
| 408 | * |
| 409 | * See also |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb|. */ |
| 410 | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP 4 |
| 411 | |
| 412 | /* SSL_ERROR_WANT_SYSCALL indicates the operation failed externally to the |
| 413 | * library. The caller should consult the system-specific error mechanism. This |
| 414 | * is typically |errno| but may be something custom if using a custom |BIO|. It |
| 415 | * may also be signaled if the transport returned EOF, in which case the |
| 416 | * operation's return value will be zero. */ |
| 417 | #define SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL 5 |
| 418 | |
| 419 | /* SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN indicates the operation failed because the connection |
| 420 | * was cleanly shut down with a close_notify alert. */ |
| 421 | #define SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN 6 |
| 422 | |
| 423 | /* SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT indicates the operation failed attempting to connect |
| 424 | * the transport (the |BIO| signaled |BIO_RR_CONNECT|). The caller may retry the |
| 425 | * operation when the transport is ready. */ |
| 426 | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT 7 |
| 427 | |
| 428 | /* SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT indicates the operation failed attempting to accept a |
| 429 | * connection from the transport (the |BIO| signaled |BIO_RR_ACCEPT|). The |
| 430 | * caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready. |
| 431 | * |
| 432 | * TODO(davidben): Remove this. It's used by accept BIOs which are bizarre. */ |
| 433 | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT 8 |
| 434 | |
| 435 | /* SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP indicates the operation failed looking up |
| 436 | * the Channel ID key. The caller may retry the operation when |channel_id_cb| |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 437 | * is ready to return a key or one has been configured with |
| 438 | * |SSL_set1_tls_channel_id|. |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 439 | * |
| 440 | * See also |SSL_CTX_set_channel_id_cb|. */ |
| 441 | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP 9 |
| 442 | |
| 443 | /* SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION indicates the operation failed because the session |
| 444 | * lookup callback indicated the session was unavailable. The caller may retry |
| 445 | * the operation when lookup has completed. |
| 446 | * |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 447 | * See also |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb| and |SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr|. */ |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 448 | #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION 11 |
| 449 | |
| 450 | /* SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE indicates the operation failed because the |
| 451 | * early callback indicated certificate lookup was incomplete. The caller may |
| 452 | * retry the operation when lookup has completed. Note: when the operation is |
| 453 | * retried, the early callback will not be called a second time. |
| 454 | * |
David Benjamin | d4c2bce | 2015-10-17 12:28:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 455 | * See also |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|. */ |
David Benjamin | 3c1ccc0 | 2015-09-13 00:27:05 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 456 | #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE 12 |
| 457 | |
| 458 | /* SSL_ERROR_WANT_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION indicates the operation failed because |
| 459 | * a private key operation was unfinished. The caller may retry the operation |
| 460 | * when the private key operation is complete. |
| 461 | * |
| 462 | * See also |SSL_set_private_key_method|. */ |
| 463 | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION 13 |
| 464 | |
David Benjamin | 8ac00ca | 2015-10-03 11:14:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 465 | /* SSL_set_mtu sets the |ssl|'s MTU in DTLS to |mtu|. It returns one on success |
| 466 | * and zero on failure. */ |
| 467 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_mtu(SSL *ssl, unsigned mtu); |
| 468 | |
| 469 | /* DTLSv1_get_timeout queries the next DTLS handshake timeout. If there is a |
| 470 | * timeout in progress, it sets |*out| to the time remaining and returns one. |
| 471 | * Otherwise, it returns zero. |
| 472 | * |
| 473 | * When the timeout expires, call |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| to handle the |
| 474 | * retransmit behavior. |
| 475 | * |
| 476 | * NOTE: This function must be queried again whenever the handshake state |
| 477 | * machine changes, including when |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| is called. */ |
| 478 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int DTLSv1_get_timeout(const SSL *ssl, struct timeval *out); |
| 479 | |
| 480 | /* DTLSv1_handle_timeout is called when a DTLS handshake timeout expires. If no |
| 481 | * timeout had expired, it returns 0. Otherwise, it retransmits the previous |
| 482 | * flight of handshake messages and returns 1. If too many timeouts had expired |
| 483 | * without progress or an error occurs, it returns -1. |
| 484 | * |
| 485 | * NOTE: The caller's external timer should be compatible with the one |ssl| |
| 486 | * queries within some fudge factor. Otherwise, the call will be a no-op, but |
| 487 | * |DTLSv1_get_timeout| will return an updated timeout. |
| 488 | * |
| 489 | * WARNING: This function breaks the usual return value convention. */ |
| 490 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int DTLSv1_handle_timeout(SSL *ssl); |
| 491 | |
David Benjamin | 4831c33 | 2015-05-16 11:43:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 492 | |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 493 | /* Protocol versions. */ |
| 494 | |
David Benjamin | b8d28cf | 2015-07-28 21:34:45 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 495 | #define DTLS1_VERSION_MAJOR 0xfe |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 496 | #define SSL3_VERSION_MAJOR 0x03 |
| 497 | |
| 498 | #define SSL3_VERSION 0x0300 |
| 499 | #define TLS1_VERSION 0x0301 |
| 500 | #define TLS1_1_VERSION 0x0302 |
| 501 | #define TLS1_2_VERSION 0x0303 |
| 502 | |
| 503 | #define DTLS1_VERSION 0xfeff |
| 504 | #define DTLS1_2_VERSION 0xfefd |
| 505 | |
| 506 | /* SSL_CTX_set_min_version sets the minimum protocol version for |ctx| to |
| 507 | * |version|. */ |
| 508 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_min_version(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint16_t version); |
| 509 | |
| 510 | /* SSL_CTX_set_max_version sets the maximum protocol version for |ctx| to |
| 511 | * |version|. */ |
| 512 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_max_version(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint16_t version); |
| 513 | |
| 514 | /* SSL_set_min_version sets the minimum protocol version for |ssl| to |
| 515 | * |version|. */ |
| 516 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_min_version(SSL *ssl, uint16_t version); |
| 517 | |
| 518 | /* SSL_set_max_version sets the maximum protocol version for |ssl| to |
| 519 | * |version|. */ |
| 520 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_max_version(SSL *ssl, uint16_t version); |
| 521 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 522 | /* SSL_version returns the TLS or DTLS protocol version used by |ssl|, which is |
| 523 | * one of the |*_VERSION| values. (E.g. |TLS1_2_VERSION|.) Before the version |
| 524 | * is negotiated, the result is undefined. */ |
| 525 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_version(const SSL *ssl); |
| 526 | |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 527 | |
| 528 | /* Options. |
| 529 | * |
| 530 | * Options configure protocol behavior. */ |
| 531 | |
| 532 | /* SSL_OP_LEGACY_SERVER_CONNECT allows initial connections to servers that don't |
| 533 | * support the renegotiation_info extension (RFC 5746). It is on by default. */ |
| 534 | #define SSL_OP_LEGACY_SERVER_CONNECT 0x00000004L |
| 535 | |
| 536 | /* SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_BIG_SSLV3_BUFFER allows for record sizes |SSL3_RT_MAX_EXTRA| |
| 537 | * bytes above the maximum record size. */ |
| 538 | #define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_BIG_SSLV3_BUFFER 0x00000020L |
| 539 | |
| 540 | /* SSL_OP_TLS_D5_BUG accepts an RSAClientKeyExchange in TLS encoded as in SSL3 |
| 541 | * (i.e. without a length prefix). */ |
| 542 | #define SSL_OP_TLS_D5_BUG 0x00000100L |
| 543 | |
| 544 | /* SSL_OP_ALL enables the above bug workarounds that are enabled by many |
| 545 | * consumers. |
| 546 | * TODO(davidben): Determine which of the remaining may be removed now. */ |
| 547 | #define SSL_OP_ALL 0x00000BFFL |
| 548 | |
| 549 | /* SSL_OP_NO_QUERY_MTU, in DTLS, disables querying the MTU from the underlying |
| 550 | * |BIO|. Instead, the MTU is configured with |SSL_set_mtu|. */ |
| 551 | #define SSL_OP_NO_QUERY_MTU 0x00001000L |
| 552 | |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 553 | /* SSL_OP_NO_TICKET disables session ticket support (RFC 5077). */ |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 554 | #define SSL_OP_NO_TICKET 0x00004000L |
| 555 | |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 556 | /* SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE configures servers to select ciphers and |
| 557 | * ECDHE curves according to the server's preferences instead of the |
| 558 | * client's. */ |
| 559 | #define SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE 0x00400000L |
| 560 | |
David Benjamin | 091c4b9 | 2015-10-26 13:33:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 561 | /* SSL_OP_DISABLE_NPN configures an individual |SSL| to not advertise NPN, |
| 562 | * despite |SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb| being configured on the |
| 563 | * |SSL_CTX|. */ |
| 564 | #define SSL_OP_DISABLE_NPN 0x00800000L |
| 565 | |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 566 | /* SSL_CTX_set_options enables all options set in |options| (which should be one |
| 567 | * or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a |
| 568 | * bitmask representing the resulting enabled options. */ |
| 569 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t options); |
| 570 | |
| 571 | /* SSL_CTX_clear_options disables all options set in |options| (which should be |
| 572 | * one or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a |
| 573 | * bitmask representing the resulting enabled options. */ |
| 574 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_clear_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t options); |
| 575 | |
| 576 | /* SSL_CTX_get_options returns a bitmask of |SSL_OP_*| values that represent all |
| 577 | * the options enabled for |ctx|. */ |
| 578 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_options(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 579 | |
| 580 | /* SSL_set_options enables all options set in |options| (which should be one or |
| 581 | * more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask |
| 582 | * representing the resulting enabled options. */ |
| 583 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_set_options(SSL *ssl, uint32_t options); |
| 584 | |
| 585 | /* SSL_clear_options disables all options set in |options| (which should be one |
| 586 | * or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a |
| 587 | * bitmask representing the resulting enabled options. */ |
| 588 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_clear_options(SSL *ssl, uint32_t options); |
| 589 | |
| 590 | /* SSL_get_options returns a bitmask of |SSL_OP_*| values that represent all the |
| 591 | * options enabled for |ssl|. */ |
| 592 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_get_options(const SSL *ssl); |
| 593 | |
| 594 | |
| 595 | /* Modes. |
| 596 | * |
| 597 | * Modes configure API behavior. */ |
| 598 | |
| 599 | /* SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE allows |SSL_write| to complete with a partial |
| 600 | * result when the only part of the input was written in a single record. */ |
| 601 | #define SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE 0x00000001L |
| 602 | |
| 603 | /* SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER allows retrying an incomplete |SSL_write| |
| 604 | * with a different buffer. However, |SSL_write| still assumes the buffer |
| 605 | * contents are unchanged. This is not the default to avoid the misconception |
| 606 | * that non-blocking |SSL_write| behaves like non-blocking |write|. */ |
| 607 | #define SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER 0x00000002L |
| 608 | |
| 609 | /* SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN disables automatically building a certificate chain |
| 610 | * before sending certificates to the peer. |
| 611 | * TODO(davidben): Remove this behavior. https://crbug.com/486295. */ |
| 612 | #define SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN 0x00000008L |
| 613 | |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 614 | /* SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START allows clients to send application data before |
David Benjamin | 5d8b128 | 2015-10-17 23:26:35 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 615 | * receipt of ChangeCipherSpec and Finished. This mode enables full-handshakes |
| 616 | * to 'complete' in one RTT. See draft-bmoeller-tls-falsestart-01. |
| 617 | * |
| 618 | * When False Start is enabled, |SSL_do_handshake| may succeed before the |
| 619 | * handshake has completely finished. |SSL_write| will function at this point, |
| 620 | * and |SSL_read| will transparently wait for the final handshake leg before |
| 621 | * returning application data. To determine if False Start occurred or when the |
| 622 | * handshake is completely finished, see |SSL_in_false_start|, |SSL_in_init|, |
| 623 | * and |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE| from |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. */ |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 624 | #define SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START 0x00000080L |
| 625 | |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 626 | /* SSL_MODE_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING causes multi-byte CBC records in SSL 3.0 and |
| 627 | * TLS 1.0 to be split in two: the first record will contain a single byte and |
| 628 | * the second will contain the remainder. This effectively randomises the IV and |
| 629 | * prevents BEAST attacks. */ |
| 630 | #define SSL_MODE_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING 0x00000100L |
| 631 | |
| 632 | /* SSL_MODE_NO_SESSION_CREATION will cause any attempts to create a session to |
| 633 | * fail with SSL_R_SESSION_MAY_NOT_BE_CREATED. This can be used to enforce that |
| 634 | * session resumption is used for a given SSL*. */ |
| 635 | #define SSL_MODE_NO_SESSION_CREATION 0x00000200L |
| 636 | |
| 637 | /* SSL_MODE_SEND_FALLBACK_SCSV sends TLS_FALLBACK_SCSV in the ClientHello. |
| 638 | * To be set only by applications that reconnect with a downgraded protocol |
David Benjamin | 229adfb | 2015-07-25 15:08:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 639 | * version; see RFC 7507 for details. |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 640 | * |
| 641 | * DO NOT ENABLE THIS if your application attempts a normal handshake. Only use |
David Benjamin | 229adfb | 2015-07-25 15:08:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 642 | * this in explicit fallback retries, following the guidance in RFC 7507. */ |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 643 | #define SSL_MODE_SEND_FALLBACK_SCSV 0x00000400L |
| 644 | |
David Benjamin | b487df6 | 2015-05-16 15:31:07 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 645 | /* SSL_CTX_set_mode enables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more |
| 646 | * of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a bitmask |
| 647 | * representing the resulting enabled modes. */ |
| 648 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t mode); |
| 649 | |
| 650 | /* SSL_CTX_clear_mode disables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or |
| 651 | * more of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a |
| 652 | * bitmask representing the resulting enabled modes. */ |
| 653 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_clear_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t mode); |
| 654 | |
| 655 | /* SSL_CTX_get_mode returns a bitmask of |SSL_MODE_*| values that represent all |
| 656 | * the modes enabled for |ssl|. */ |
| 657 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 658 | |
| 659 | /* SSL_set_mode enables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more of |
| 660 | * the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask |
| 661 | * representing the resulting enabled modes. */ |
| 662 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_set_mode(SSL *ssl, uint32_t mode); |
| 663 | |
| 664 | /* SSL_clear_mode disables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more |
| 665 | * of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask |
| 666 | * representing the resulting enabled modes. */ |
| 667 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_clear_mode(SSL *ssl, uint32_t mode); |
| 668 | |
| 669 | /* SSL_get_mode returns a bitmask of |SSL_MODE_*| values that represent all the |
| 670 | * modes enabled for |ssl|. */ |
| 671 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_get_mode(const SSL *ssl); |
| 672 | |
| 673 | |
David Benjamin | b4d65fd | 2015-05-29 17:11:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 674 | /* Configuring certificates and private keys. |
| 675 | * |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 676 | * These functions configure the connection's leaf certificate, private key, and |
| 677 | * certificate chain. The certificate chain is ordered leaf to root (as sent on |
| 678 | * the wire) but does not include the leaf. Both client and server certificates |
| 679 | * use these functions. |
| 680 | * |
| 681 | * Certificates and keys may be configured before the handshake or dynamically |
| 682 | * in the early callback and certificate callback. */ |
David Benjamin | b4d65fd | 2015-05-29 17:11:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 683 | |
David Benjamin | 7481d39 | 2015-07-05 19:38:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 684 | /* SSL_CTX_use_certificate sets |ctx|'s leaf certificate to |x509|. It returns |
| 685 | * one on success and zero on failure. */ |
| 686 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); |
| 687 | |
| 688 | /* SSL_use_certificate sets |ssl|'s leaf certificate to |x509|. It returns one |
| 689 | * on success and zero on failure. */ |
| 690 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); |
| 691 | |
| 692 | /* SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |pkey|. It returns one on |
| 693 | * success and zero on failure. */ |
| 694 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY *pkey); |
| 695 | |
| 696 | /* SSL_use_PrivateKey sets |ssl|'s private key to |pkey|. It returns one on |
| 697 | * success and zero on failure. */ |
| 698 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY *pkey); |
| 699 | |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 700 | /* SSL_CTX_set0_chain sets |ctx|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to |
| 701 | * |chain|. On success, it returns one and takes ownership of |chain|. |
| 702 | * Otherwise, it returns zero. */ |
| 703 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set0_chain(SSL_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); |
| 704 | |
| 705 | /* SSL_CTX_set1_chain sets |ctx|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to |
| 706 | * |chain|. It returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains |
| 707 | * ownership of |chain| and may release it freely. */ |
| 708 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_chain(SSL_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); |
| 709 | |
| 710 | /* SSL_set0_chain sets |ssl|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to |
| 711 | * |chain|. On success, it returns one and takes ownership of |chain|. |
| 712 | * Otherwise, it returns zero. */ |
| 713 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set0_chain(SSL *ssl, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); |
| 714 | |
| 715 | /* SSL_set1_chain sets |ssl|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to |
| 716 | * |chain|. It returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains |
| 717 | * ownership of |chain| and may release it freely. */ |
| 718 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_chain(SSL *ssl, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); |
| 719 | |
| 720 | /* SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. On |
| 721 | * success, it returns one and takes ownership of |x509|. Otherwise, it returns |
| 722 | * zero. */ |
| 723 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); |
| 724 | |
| 725 | /* SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. It |
| 726 | * returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |
| 727 | * |x509| and may release it freely. */ |
| 728 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); |
| 729 | |
| 730 | /* SSL_add0_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. On success, |
| 731 | * it returns one and takes ownership of |x509|. Otherwise, it returns zero. */ |
| 732 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add0_chain_cert(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); |
| 733 | |
| 734 | /* SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert calls |SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert|. */ |
| 735 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); |
| 736 | |
| 737 | /* SSL_add1_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. It returns |
| 738 | * one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |x509| |
| 739 | * and may release it freely. */ |
| 740 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add1_chain_cert(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); |
| 741 | |
| 742 | /* SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs clears |ctx|'s certificate chain and returns |
| 743 | * one. */ |
| 744 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 745 | |
| 746 | /* SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs calls |SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs|. */ |
| 747 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 748 | |
| 749 | /* SSL_clear_chain_certs clears |ssl|'s certificate chain and returns one. */ |
| 750 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_clear_chain_certs(SSL *ssl); |
| 751 | |
David Benjamin | 7481d39 | 2015-07-05 19:38:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 752 | /* SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb sets a callback that is called to select a certificate. |
| 753 | * The callback returns one on success, zero on internal error, and a negative |
| 754 | * number on failure or to pause the handshake. If the handshake is paused, |
David Benjamin | fd8e69f | 2015-10-03 10:49:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 755 | * |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|. |
| 756 | * |
| 757 | * On the client, the callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and |
| 758 | * |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate |
| 759 | * request. */ |
David Benjamin | 7481d39 | 2015-07-05 19:38:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 760 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 761 | int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, void *arg), |
| 762 | void *arg); |
| 763 | |
| 764 | /* SSL_set_cert_cb sets a callback that is called to select a certificate. The |
| 765 | * callback returns one on success, zero on internal error, and a negative |
| 766 | * number on failure or to pause the handshake. If the handshake is paused, |
David Benjamin | fd8e69f | 2015-10-03 10:49:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 767 | * |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|. |
| 768 | * |
| 769 | * On the client, the callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and |
| 770 | * |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate |
| 771 | * request. */ |
David Benjamin | 7481d39 | 2015-07-05 19:38:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 772 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_cert_cb(SSL *ssl, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, void *arg), |
| 773 | void *arg); |
| 774 | |
David Benjamin | fd8e69f | 2015-10-03 10:49:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 775 | /* SSL_get0_certificate_types, for a client, sets |*out_types| to an array |
| 776 | * containing the client certificate types requested by a server. It returns the |
| 777 | * length of the array. |
| 778 | * |
| 779 | * The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by |
| 780 | * by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the |
| 781 | * handshake is paused because of them. */ |
| 782 | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get0_certificate_types(SSL *ssl, |
| 783 | const uint8_t **out_types); |
| 784 | |
David Benjamin | 7481d39 | 2015-07-05 19:38:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 785 | /* SSL_certs_clear resets the private key, leaf certificate, and certificate |
| 786 | * chain of |ssl|. */ |
| 787 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_certs_clear(SSL *ssl); |
| 788 | |
| 789 | /* SSL_CTX_check_private_key returns one if the certificate and private key |
| 790 | * configured in |ctx| are consistent and zero otherwise. */ |
| 791 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_check_private_key(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 792 | |
| 793 | /* SSL_check_private_key returns one if the certificate and private key |
| 794 | * configured in |ssl| are consistent and zero otherwise. */ |
| 795 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_check_private_key(const SSL *ssl); |
| 796 | |
| 797 | /* SSL_CTX_get0_certificate returns |ctx|'s leaf certificate. */ |
| 798 | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_CTX_get0_certificate(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 799 | |
| 800 | /* SSL_get_certificate returns |ssl|'s leaf certificate. */ |
| 801 | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_get_certificate(const SSL *ssl); |
| 802 | |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 803 | /* SSL_CTX_get0_privatekey returns |ctx|'s private key. */ |
| 804 | OPENSSL_EXPORT EVP_PKEY *SSL_CTX_get0_privatekey(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 805 | |
| 806 | /* SSL_get_privatekey returns |ssl|'s private key. */ |
| 807 | OPENSSL_EXPORT EVP_PKEY *SSL_get_privatekey(const SSL *ssl); |
| 808 | |
| 809 | /* SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs sets |*out_chain| to |ctx|'s certificate chain and |
| 810 | * returns one. */ |
| 811 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs(const SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 812 | STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain); |
| 813 | |
| 814 | /* SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs calls |SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs|. */ |
| 815 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs(const SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 816 | STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain); |
| 817 | |
| 818 | /* SSL_get0_chain_certs sets |*out_chain| to |ssl|'s certificate chain and |
| 819 | * returns one. */ |
| 820 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get0_chain_certs(const SSL *ssl, |
| 821 | STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain); |
| 822 | |
Paul Lietar | 4fac72e | 2015-09-09 13:44:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 823 | /* SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets the list of signed certificate |
| 824 | * timestamps that is sent to clients that request it. The |list| argument must |
| 825 | * contain one or more SCT structures serialised as a SignedCertificateTimestamp |
| 826 | * List (see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3) – i.e. each SCT |
| 827 | * is prefixed by a big-endian, uint16 length and the concatenation of one or |
| 828 | * more such prefixed SCTs are themselves also prefixed by a uint16 length. It |
| 829 | * returns one on success and zero on error. The caller retains ownership of |
| 830 | * |list|. */ |
| 831 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 832 | const uint8_t *list, |
| 833 | size_t list_len); |
| 834 | |
Paul Lietar | aeeff2c | 2015-08-12 11:47:11 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 835 | /* SSL_CTX_set_ocsp_response sets the OCSP reponse that is sent to clients |
| 836 | * which request it. It returns one on success and zero on error. The caller |
| 837 | * retains ownership of |response|. */ |
| 838 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_ocsp_response(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 839 | const uint8_t *response, |
| 840 | size_t response_len); |
| 841 | |
Steven Valdez | 0d62f26 | 2015-09-04 12:41:04 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 842 | /* SSL_set_private_key_digest_prefs copies |num_digests| NIDs from |digest_nids| |
| 843 | * into |ssl|. These digests will be used, in decreasing order of preference, |
| 844 | * when signing with |ssl|'s private key. It returns one on success and zero on |
| 845 | * error. */ |
| 846 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_private_key_digest_prefs(SSL *ssl, |
| 847 | const int *digest_nids, |
| 848 | size_t num_digests); |
| 849 | |
David Benjamin | 7481d39 | 2015-07-05 19:38:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 850 | |
| 851 | /* Certificate and private key convenience functions. */ |
| 852 | |
| 853 | /* SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |rsa|. It returns one |
| 854 | * on success and zero on failure. */ |
| 855 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, RSA *rsa); |
| 856 | |
| 857 | /* SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |rsa|. It returns one on |
| 858 | * success and zero on failure. */ |
| 859 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL *ssl, RSA *rsa); |
| 860 | |
| 861 | /* The following functions configure certificates or private keys but take as |
| 862 | * input DER-encoded structures. They return one on success and zero on |
| 863 | * failure. */ |
| 864 | |
| 865 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx, int len, |
| 866 | const uint8_t *d); |
| 867 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *der, |
| 868 | int len); |
| 869 | |
| 870 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int pk, SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 871 | const uint8_t *d, long len); |
| 872 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int type, SSL *ssl, |
| 873 | const uint8_t *d, long len); |
| 874 | |
| 875 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
David Benjamin | 74f7110 | 2015-06-27 14:56:25 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 876 | const uint8_t *der, |
| 877 | size_t der_len); |
| 878 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *der, |
| 879 | size_t der_len); |
David Benjamin | 7481d39 | 2015-07-05 19:38:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 880 | |
| 881 | /* The following functions configure certificates or private keys but take as |
| 882 | * input files to read from. They return one on success and zero on failure. The |
| 883 | * |type| parameter is one of the |SSL_FILETYPE_*| values and determines whether |
| 884 | * the file's contents are read as PEM or DER. */ |
| 885 | |
| 886 | #define SSL_FILETYPE_ASN1 X509_FILETYPE_ASN1 |
| 887 | #define SSL_FILETYPE_PEM X509_FILETYPE_PEM |
| 888 | |
| 889 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 890 | const char *file, |
| 891 | int type); |
| 892 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, |
| 893 | int type); |
| 894 | |
| 895 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file, |
| 896 | int type); |
| 897 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, |
| 898 | int type); |
| 899 | |
| 900 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file, |
| 901 | int type); |
| 902 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, |
| 903 | int type); |
| 904 | |
Adam Langley | c8e664b | 2015-09-24 14:48:32 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 905 | /* SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file configures certificates for |ctx|. It |
| 906 | * reads the contents of |file| as a PEM-encoded leaf certificate followed |
| 907 | * optionally by the certificate chain to send to the peer. It returns one on |
| 908 | * success and zero on failure. */ |
David Benjamin | 7481d39 | 2015-07-05 19:38:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 909 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 910 | const char *file); |
| 911 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 912 | /* SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb sets the password callback for PEM-based |
| 913 | * convenience functions called on |ctx|. */ |
| 914 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 915 | pem_password_cb *cb); |
| 916 | |
| 917 | /* SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata sets the userdata parameter for |
| 918 | * |ctx|'s password callback. */ |
| 919 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 920 | void *data); |
| 921 | |
David Benjamin | 7481d39 | 2015-07-05 19:38:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 922 | |
| 923 | /* Custom private keys. */ |
| 924 | |
David Benjamin | b4d65fd | 2015-05-29 17:11:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 925 | enum ssl_private_key_result_t { |
| 926 | ssl_private_key_success, |
| 927 | ssl_private_key_retry, |
| 928 | ssl_private_key_failure, |
| 929 | }; |
| 930 | |
| 931 | /* SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD describes private key hooks. This is used to off-load |
| 932 | * signing operations to a custom, potentially asynchronous, backend. */ |
| 933 | typedef struct ssl_private_key_method_st { |
| 934 | /* type returns either |EVP_PKEY_RSA| or |EVP_PKEY_EC| to denote the type of |
| 935 | * key used by |ssl|. */ |
| 936 | int (*type)(SSL *ssl); |
| 937 | |
David Benjamin | b4d65fd | 2015-05-29 17:11:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 938 | /* max_signature_len returns the maximum length of a signature signed by the |
| 939 | * key used by |ssl|. This must be a constant value for a given |ssl|. */ |
| 940 | size_t (*max_signature_len)(SSL *ssl); |
| 941 | |
| 942 | /* sign signs |in_len| bytes of digest from |in|. |md| is the hash function |
| 943 | * used to calculate |in|. On success, it returns |ssl_private_key_success| |
| 944 | * and writes at most |max_out| bytes of signature data to |out|. On failure, |
| 945 | * it returns |ssl_private_key_failure|. If the operation has not completed, |
| 946 | * it returns |ssl_private_key_retry|. |sign| should arrange for the |
| 947 | * high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the operation is |
| 948 | * completed. This will result in a call to |sign_complete|. |
| 949 | * |
| 950 | * If the key is an RSA key, implementations must use PKCS#1 padding. |in| is |
| 951 | * the digest itself, so the DigestInfo prefix, if any, must be prepended by |
| 952 | * |sign|. If |md| is |EVP_md5_sha1|, there is no prefix. |
| 953 | * |
| 954 | * It is an error to call |sign| while another private key operation is in |
| 955 | * progress on |ssl|. */ |
| 956 | enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*sign)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len, |
| 957 | size_t max_out, const EVP_MD *md, |
| 958 | const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); |
| 959 | |
| 960 | /* sign_complete completes a pending |sign| operation. If the operation has |
| 961 | * completed, it returns |ssl_private_key_success| and writes the result to |
| 962 | * |out| as in |sign|. Otherwise, it returns |ssl_private_key_failure| on |
| 963 | * failure and |ssl_private_key_retry| if the operation is still in progress. |
| 964 | * |
| 965 | * |sign_complete| may be called arbitrarily many times before completion, but |
| 966 | * it is an error to call |sign_complete| if there is no pending |sign| |
| 967 | * operation in progress on |ssl|. */ |
| 968 | enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*sign_complete)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, |
nagendra modadugu | 3398dbf | 2015-08-07 14:07:52 -0700 | [diff] [blame^] | 969 | size_t *out_len, |
| 970 | size_t max_out); |
| 971 | |
| 972 | /* decrypt decrypts |in_len| bytes of encrypted data from |in|. On success it |
| 973 | * returns |ssl_private_key_success|, writes at most |max_out| bytes of |
| 974 | * decrypted data to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the actual number of bytes |
| 975 | * written. On failure it returns |ssl_private_key_failure|. If the operation |
| 976 | * has not completed, it returns |ssl_private_key_retry|. The caller should |
| 977 | * arrange for the high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the |
| 978 | * operation is completed, which will result in a call to |decrypt_complete|. |
| 979 | * This function only works with RSA keys and should perform a raw RSA |
| 980 | * decryption operation with no padding. |
| 981 | * |
| 982 | * It is an error to call |decrypt| while another private key operation is in |
| 983 | * progress on |ssl|. */ |
| 984 | enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*decrypt)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, |
| 985 | size_t *out_len, size_t max_out, |
| 986 | const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); |
| 987 | |
| 988 | /* decrypt_complete completes a pending |decrypt| operation. If the operation |
| 989 | * has completed, it returns |ssl_private_key_success| and writes the result |
| 990 | * to |out| as in |decrypt|. Otherwise, it returns |ssl_private_key_failure| |
| 991 | * on failure and |ssl_private_key_retry| if the operation is still in |
| 992 | * progress. |
| 993 | * |
| 994 | * |decrypt_complete| may be called arbitrarily many times before completion, |
| 995 | * but it is an error to call |decrypt_complete| if there is no pending |
| 996 | * |decrypt| operation in progress on |ssl|. */ |
| 997 | enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*decrypt_complete)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, |
| 998 | size_t *out_len, |
| 999 | size_t max_out); |
David Benjamin | b4d65fd | 2015-05-29 17:11:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1000 | } SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD; |
| 1001 | |
Steven Valdez | 0d62f26 | 2015-09-04 12:41:04 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1002 | /* SSL_set_private_key_method configures a custom private key on |ssl|. |
David Benjamin | d1d8078 | 2015-07-05 11:54:09 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1003 | * |key_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ssl|. */ |
David Benjamin | b4d65fd | 2015-05-29 17:11:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1004 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_private_key_method( |
| 1005 | SSL *ssl, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method); |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 | |
David Benjamin | df6a3f8 | 2015-09-20 12:18:11 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1008 | /* Cipher suites. |
| 1009 | * |
| 1010 | * |SSL_CIPHER| objects represent cipher suites. */ |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 | DECLARE_STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) |
| 1013 | |
| 1014 | /* SSL_get_cipher_by_value returns the structure representing a TLS cipher |
| 1015 | * suite based on its assigned number, or NULL if unknown. See |
| 1016 | * https://www.iana.org/assignments/tls-parameters/tls-parameters.xhtml#tls-parameters-4. */ |
| 1017 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_cipher_by_value(uint16_t value); |
| 1018 | |
| 1019 | /* SSL_CIPHER_get_id returns |cipher|'s id. It may be cast to a |uint16_t| to |
| 1020 | * get the cipher suite value. */ |
| 1021 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CIPHER_get_id(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | /* SSL_CIPHER_is_AES returns one if |cipher| uses AES (either GCM or CBC |
| 1024 | * mode). */ |
| 1025 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_AES(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 1026 | |
| 1027 | /* SSL_CIPHER_has_MD5_HMAC returns one if |cipher| uses HMAC-MD5. */ |
| 1028 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_has_MD5_HMAC(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 | /* SSL_CIPHER_is_AESGCM returns one if |cipher| uses AES-GCM. */ |
| 1031 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_AESGCM(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 | /* SSL_CIPHER_is_CHACHA20POLY1305 returns one if |cipher| uses |
| 1034 | * CHACHA20_POLY1305. */ |
| 1035 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_CHACHA20POLY1305(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 1036 | |
| 1037 | /* SSL_CIPHER_is_NULL returns one if |cipher| does not encrypt. */ |
| 1038 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_NULL(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 1039 | |
| 1040 | /* SSL_CIPHER_is_RC4 returns one if |cipher| uses RC4. */ |
| 1041 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_RC4(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 | /* SSL_CIPHER_is_block_cipher returns one if |cipher| is a block cipher. */ |
| 1044 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_block_cipher(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 1045 | |
| 1046 | /* SSL_CIPHER_get_name returns the OpenSSL name of |cipher|. */ |
| 1047 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 1048 | |
| 1049 | /* SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_name returns a string that describes the key-exchange |
| 1050 | * method used by |cipher|. For example, "ECDHE_ECDSA". */ |
| 1051 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | /* SSL_CIPHER_get_rfc_name returns a newly-allocated string with the standard |
| 1054 | * name for |cipher| or NULL on error. For example, |
| 1055 | * "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256". The caller is responsible for |
| 1056 | * calling |OPENSSL_free| on the result. */ |
| 1057 | OPENSSL_EXPORT char *SSL_CIPHER_get_rfc_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 1058 | |
| 1059 | /* SSL_CIPHER_get_bits returns the strength, in bits, of |cipher|. If |
| 1060 | * |out_alg_bits| is not NULL, it writes the number of bits consumed by the |
| 1061 | * symmetric algorithm to |*out_alg_bits|. */ |
| 1062 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, |
| 1063 | int *out_alg_bits); |
| 1064 | |
| 1065 | |
David Benjamin | 32876b3 | 2015-09-20 12:17:03 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1066 | /* Cipher suite configuration. |
| 1067 | * |
| 1068 | * OpenSSL uses a mini-language to configure cipher suites. The language |
| 1069 | * maintains an ordered list of enabled ciphers, along with an ordered list of |
| 1070 | * disabled but available ciphers. Initially, all ciphers are disabled with a |
| 1071 | * default ordering. The cipher string is then interpreted as a sequence of |
| 1072 | * directives, separated by colons, each of which modifies this state. |
| 1073 | * |
| 1074 | * Most directives consist of a one character or empty opcode followed by a |
| 1075 | * selector which matches a subset of available ciphers. |
| 1076 | * |
| 1077 | * Available opcodes are: |
| 1078 | * |
| 1079 | * The empty opcode enables and appends all matching disabled ciphers to the |
| 1080 | * end of the enabled list. The newly appended ciphers are ordered relative to |
| 1081 | * each other matching their order in the disabled list. |
| 1082 | * |
| 1083 | * |-| disables all matching enabled ciphers and prepends them to the disabled |
| 1084 | * list, with relative order from the enabled list preserved. This means the |
| 1085 | * most recently disabled ciphers get highest preference relative to other |
| 1086 | * disabled ciphers if re-enabled. |
| 1087 | * |
| 1088 | * |+| moves all matching enabled ciphers to the end of the enabled list, with |
| 1089 | * relative order preserved. |
| 1090 | * |
| 1091 | * |!| deletes all matching ciphers, enabled or not, from either list. Deleted |
| 1092 | * ciphers will not matched by future operations. |
| 1093 | * |
| 1094 | * A selector may be a specific cipher (using the OpenSSL name for the cipher) |
| 1095 | * or one or more rules separated by |+|. The final selector matches the |
| 1096 | * intersection of each rule. For instance, |AESGCM+aECDSA| matches |
| 1097 | * ECDSA-authenticated AES-GCM ciphers. |
| 1098 | * |
| 1099 | * Available cipher rules are: |
| 1100 | * |
| 1101 | * |ALL| matches all ciphers. |
| 1102 | * |
| 1103 | * |kRSA|, |kDHE|, |kECDHE|, and |kPSK| match ciphers using plain RSA, DHE, |
| 1104 | * ECDHE, and plain PSK key exchanges, respectively. Note that ECDHE_PSK is |
| 1105 | * matched by |kECDHE| and not |kPSK|. |
| 1106 | * |
| 1107 | * |aRSA|, |aECDSA|, and |aPSK| match ciphers authenticated by RSA, ECDSA, and |
| 1108 | * a pre-shared key, respectively. |
| 1109 | * |
| 1110 | * |RSA|, |DHE|, |ECDHE|, |PSK|, |ECDSA|, and |PSK| are aliases for the |
| 1111 | * corresponding |k*| or |a*| cipher rule. |RSA| is an alias for |kRSA|, not |
| 1112 | * |aRSA|. |
| 1113 | * |
| 1114 | * |3DES|, |RC4|, |AES128|, |AES256|, |AES|, |AESGCM|, |CHACHA20| match |
| 1115 | * ciphers whose bulk cipher use the corresponding encryption scheme. Note |
| 1116 | * that |AES|, |AES128|, and |AES256| match both CBC and GCM ciphers. |
| 1117 | * |
| 1118 | * |MD5|, |SHA1|, |SHA256|, and |SHA384| match legacy cipher suites using the |
| 1119 | * corresponding hash function in their MAC. AEADs are matched by none of |
| 1120 | * these. |
| 1121 | * |
| 1122 | * |SHA| is an alias for |SHA1|. |
| 1123 | * |
| 1124 | * Although implemented, authentication-only ciphers match no rules and must be |
| 1125 | * explicitly selected by name. |
| 1126 | * |
| 1127 | * Deprecated cipher rules: |
| 1128 | * |
| 1129 | * |kEDH|, |EDH|, |kEECDH|, and |EECDH| are legacy aliases for |kDHE|, |DHE|, |
| 1130 | * |kECDHE|, and |ECDHE|, respectively. |
| 1131 | * |
| 1132 | * |MEDIUM| and |HIGH| match ciphers historically labeled by OpenSSL as |
| 1133 | * 'medium' and 'high', respectively. |
| 1134 | * |
| 1135 | * |FIPS| matches ciphers historically FIPS-approved in OpenSSL. |
| 1136 | * |
| 1137 | * |SSLv3| and |TLSv1| match ciphers available in TLS 1.1 or earlier. |
| 1138 | * |TLSv1_2| matches ciphers new in TLS 1.2. This is confusing and should not |
| 1139 | * be used. |
| 1140 | * |
| 1141 | * Unknown rules silently match nothing. |
| 1142 | * |
| 1143 | * The special |@STRENGTH| directive will sort all enabled ciphers by strength. |
| 1144 | * |
| 1145 | * The |DEFAULT| directive, when appearing at the front of the string, expands |
| 1146 | * to the default ordering of available ciphers. |
| 1147 | * |
| 1148 | * If configuring a server, one may also configure equal-preference groups to |
| 1149 | * partially respect the client's preferences when |
| 1150 | * |SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE| is enabled. Ciphers in an equal-preference |
| 1151 | * group have equal priority and use the client order. This may be used to |
| 1152 | * enforce that AEADs are preferred but select AES-GCM vs. ChaCha20-Poly1305 |
| 1153 | * based on client preferences. An equal-preference is specified with square |
| 1154 | * brackets, combining multiple selectors separated by |. For example: |
| 1155 | * |
| 1156 | * [ECDHE-ECDSA-CHACHA20-POLY1305|ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256] |
| 1157 | * |
| 1158 | * Once an equal-preference group is used, future directives must be |
| 1159 | * opcode-less. */ |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | /* SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST is the default cipher suite configuration. It is |
| 1162 | * substituted when a cipher string starts with 'DEFAULT'. */ |
| 1163 | #define SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST "ALL" |
| 1164 | |
| 1165 | /* SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ctx|, evaluating |
| 1166 | * |str| as a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on failure. */ |
| 1167 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str); |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 | /* SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list configures the TLS 1.0+ cipher list for |ctx|, |
| 1170 | * evaluating |str| as a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on |
| 1171 | * failure. If set, servers will use this cipher suite list for TLS 1.0 or |
| 1172 | * higher. */ |
| 1173 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list_tls10(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str); |
| 1174 | |
| 1175 | /* SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list configures the TLS 1.1+ cipher list for |ctx|, |
| 1176 | * evaluating |str| as a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on |
| 1177 | * failure. If set, servers will use this cipher suite list for TLS 1.1 or |
| 1178 | * higher. */ |
| 1179 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list_tls11(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str); |
| 1180 | |
| 1181 | /* SSL_set_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ssl|, evaluating |str| as |
| 1182 | * a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on failure. */ |
| 1183 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_cipher_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str); |
| 1184 | |
| 1185 | /* SSL_get_ciphers returns the cipher list for |ssl|, in order of preference. If |
| 1186 | * |SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list_tls10| or |SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list_tls11| has been |
| 1187 | * used, the corresponding list for the current version is returned. */ |
| 1188 | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_get_ciphers(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1189 | |
| 1190 | |
Adam Langley | af0e32c | 2015-06-03 09:57:23 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1191 | /* Connection information. */ |
| 1192 | |
David Benjamin | 5d8b128 | 2015-10-17 23:26:35 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1193 | /* SSL_is_init_finished returns one if |ssl| has completed its initial handshake |
| 1194 | * and has no pending handshake. It returns zero otherwise. */ |
| 1195 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_init_finished(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1196 | |
| 1197 | /* SSL_in_init returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake and zero |
| 1198 | * otherwise. */ |
| 1199 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_init(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1200 | |
| 1201 | /* SSL_in_false_start returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake that is in |
| 1202 | * False Start. |SSL_write| may be called at this point without waiting for the |
| 1203 | * peer, but |SSL_read| will complete the handshake before accepting application |
| 1204 | * data. |
| 1205 | * |
| 1206 | * See also |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START|. */ |
| 1207 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_false_start(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1208 | |
David Benjamin | ee0c827 | 2015-09-13 01:03:54 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1209 | /* SSL_get_peer_certificate returns the peer's leaf certificate or NULL if the |
| 1210 | * peer did not use certificates. The caller must call |X509_free| on the |
| 1211 | * result to release it. */ |
| 1212 | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_get_peer_certificate(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1213 | |
| 1214 | /* SSL_get_peer_cert_chain returns the peer's certificate chain or NULL if |
| 1215 | * unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. For historical reasons, |
| 1216 | * this may not be available if resuming a serialized |SSL_SESSION|. The caller |
| 1217 | * does not take ownership of the result. |
| 1218 | * |
| 1219 | * WARNING: This function behaves differently between client and server. If |
| 1220 | * |ssl| is a server, the returned chain does not include the leaf certificate. |
| 1221 | * If a client, it does. */ |
| 1222 | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509) *SSL_get_peer_cert_chain(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1223 | |
David Benjamin | f88b81a | 2015-10-05 20:14:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1224 | /* SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to |
| 1225 | * |*out_len| bytes of SCT information from the server. This is only valid if |
| 1226 | * |ssl| is a client. The SCT information is a SignedCertificateTimestampList |
| 1227 | * (including the two leading length bytes). |
| 1228 | * See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3 |
| 1229 | * If no SCT was received then |*out_len| will be zero on return. |
| 1230 | * |
| 1231 | * WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. */ |
| 1232 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list(const SSL *ssl, |
| 1233 | const uint8_t **out, |
| 1234 | size_t *out_len); |
| 1235 | |
| 1236 | /* SSL_get0_ocsp_response sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to |*out_len| |
| 1237 | * bytes of an OCSP response from the server. This is the DER encoding of an |
| 1238 | * OCSPResponse type as defined in RFC 2560. |
| 1239 | * |
| 1240 | * WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. */ |
| 1241 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ocsp_response(const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, |
| 1242 | size_t *out_len); |
| 1243 | |
Adam Langley | af0e32c | 2015-06-03 09:57:23 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1244 | /* SSL_get_tls_unique writes at most |max_out| bytes of the tls-unique value |
| 1245 | * for |ssl| to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the number of bytes written. It |
| 1246 | * returns one on success or zero on error. In general |max_out| should be at |
| 1247 | * least 12. |
| 1248 | * |
| 1249 | * This function will always fail if the initial handshake has not completed. |
| 1250 | * The tls-unique value will change after a renegotiation but, since |
| 1251 | * renegotiations can be initiated by the server at any point, the higher-level |
| 1252 | * protocol must either leave them disabled or define states in which the |
| 1253 | * tls-unique value can be read. |
| 1254 | * |
| 1255 | * The tls-unique value is defined by |
| 1256 | * https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5929#section-3.1. Due to a weakness in the |
| 1257 | * TLS protocol, tls-unique is broken for resumed connections unless the |
| 1258 | * Extended Master Secret extension is negotiated. Thus this function will |
| 1259 | * return zero if |ssl| performed session resumption unless EMS was used when |
| 1260 | * negotiating the original session. */ |
| 1261 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_tls_unique(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, |
| 1262 | size_t *out_len, size_t max_out); |
| 1263 | |
Matt Braithwaite | cd6f54b | 2015-09-17 12:54:42 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1264 | /* SSL_get_extms_support returns one if the Extended Master Secret |
| 1265 | * extension was negotiated. Otherwise, it returns zero. */ |
| 1266 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_extms_support(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1267 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1268 | /* SSL_get_current_cipher returns the cipher used in the current outgoing |
| 1269 | * connection state, or NULL if the null cipher is active. */ |
| 1270 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_current_cipher(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1271 | |
| 1272 | /* SSL_session_reused returns one if |ssl| performed an abbreviated handshake |
| 1273 | * and zero otherwise. |
| 1274 | * |
| 1275 | * TODO(davidben): Hammer down the semantics of this API while a handshake, |
| 1276 | * initial or renego, is in progress. */ |
| 1277 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_session_reused(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1278 | |
| 1279 | /* SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support returns one if the peer supports secure |
| 1280 | * renegotiation (RFC 5746) and zero otherwise. */ |
| 1281 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1282 | |
David Benjamin | 07e1384 | 2015-10-17 13:48:04 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1283 | /* SSL_export_keying_material exports a value derived from the master secret, as |
| 1284 | * specified in RFC 5705. It writes |out_len| bytes to |out| given a label and |
| 1285 | * optional context. (Since a zero length context is allowed, the |use_context| |
| 1286 | * flag controls whether a context is included.) |
| 1287 | * |
| 1288 | * It returns one on success and zero otherwise. */ |
| 1289 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_export_keying_material( |
| 1290 | SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t out_len, const char *label, size_t label_len, |
| 1291 | const uint8_t *context, size_t context_len, int use_context); |
| 1292 | |
Adam Langley | af0e32c | 2015-06-03 09:57:23 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1293 | |
Adam Langley | 0950563 | 2015-07-30 18:10:13 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1294 | /* Custom extensions. |
| 1295 | * |
| 1296 | * The custom extension functions allow TLS extensions to be added to |
| 1297 | * ClientHello and ServerHello messages. */ |
| 1298 | |
| 1299 | /* SSL_custom_ext_add_cb is a callback function that is called when the |
| 1300 | * ClientHello (for clients) or ServerHello (for servers) is constructed. In |
| 1301 | * the case of a server, this callback will only be called for a given |
| 1302 | * extension if the ClientHello contained that extension – it's not possible to |
| 1303 | * inject extensions into a ServerHello that the client didn't request. |
| 1304 | * |
| 1305 | * When called, |extension_value| will contain the extension number that is |
| 1306 | * being considered for addition (so that a single callback can handle multiple |
| 1307 | * extensions). If the callback wishes to include the extension, it must set |
| 1308 | * |*out| to point to |*out_len| bytes of extension contents and return one. In |
| 1309 | * this case, the corresponding |SSL_custom_ext_free_cb| callback will later be |
| 1310 | * called with the value of |*out| once that data has been copied. |
| 1311 | * |
| 1312 | * If the callback does not wish to add an extension it must return zero. |
| 1313 | * |
| 1314 | * Alternatively, the callback can abort the connection by setting |
| 1315 | * |*out_alert_value| to a TLS alert number and returning -1. */ |
| 1316 | typedef int (*SSL_custom_ext_add_cb)(SSL *ssl, unsigned extension_value, |
| 1317 | const uint8_t **out, size_t *out_len, |
| 1318 | int *out_alert_value, void *add_arg); |
| 1319 | |
| 1320 | /* SSL_custom_ext_free_cb is a callback function that is called by OpenSSL iff |
| 1321 | * an |SSL_custom_ext_add_cb| callback previously returned one. In that case, |
| 1322 | * this callback is called and passed the |out| pointer that was returned by |
| 1323 | * the add callback. This is to free any dynamically allocated data created by |
| 1324 | * the add callback. */ |
| 1325 | typedef void (*SSL_custom_ext_free_cb)(SSL *ssl, unsigned extension_value, |
| 1326 | const uint8_t *out, void *add_arg); |
| 1327 | |
| 1328 | /* SSL_custom_ext_parse_cb is a callback function that is called by OpenSSL to |
| 1329 | * parse an extension from the peer: that is from the ServerHello for a client |
| 1330 | * and from the ClientHello for a server. |
| 1331 | * |
| 1332 | * When called, |extension_value| will contain the extension number and the |
| 1333 | * contents of the extension are |contents_len| bytes at |contents|. |
| 1334 | * |
| 1335 | * The callback must return one to continue the handshake. Otherwise, if it |
| 1336 | * returns zero, a fatal alert with value |*out_alert_value| is sent and the |
| 1337 | * handshake is aborted. */ |
| 1338 | typedef int (*SSL_custom_ext_parse_cb)(SSL *ssl, unsigned extension_value, |
| 1339 | const uint8_t *contents, |
| 1340 | size_t contents_len, |
| 1341 | int *out_alert_value, void *parse_arg); |
| 1342 | |
| 1343 | /* SSL_extension_supported returns one iff OpenSSL internally handles |
| 1344 | * extensions of type |extension_value|. This can be used to avoid registering |
| 1345 | * custom extension handlers for extensions that a future version of OpenSSL |
| 1346 | * may handle internally. */ |
| 1347 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_extension_supported(unsigned extension_value); |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 | /* SSL_CTX_add_client_custom_ext registers callback functions for handling |
| 1350 | * custom TLS extensions for client connections. |
| 1351 | * |
| 1352 | * If |add_cb| is NULL then an empty extension will be added in each |
| 1353 | * ClientHello. Otherwise, see the comment for |SSL_custom_ext_add_cb| about |
| 1354 | * this callback. |
| 1355 | * |
| 1356 | * The |free_cb| may be NULL if |add_cb| doesn't dynamically allocate data that |
| 1357 | * needs to be freed. |
| 1358 | * |
| 1359 | * It returns one on success or zero on error. It's always an error to register |
| 1360 | * callbacks for the same extension twice, or to register callbacks for an |
| 1361 | * extension that OpenSSL handles internally. See |SSL_extension_supported| to |
| 1362 | * discover, at runtime, which extensions OpenSSL handles internally. */ |
| 1363 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_client_custom_ext( |
| 1364 | SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned extension_value, SSL_custom_ext_add_cb add_cb, |
| 1365 | SSL_custom_ext_free_cb free_cb, void *add_arg, |
| 1366 | SSL_custom_ext_parse_cb parse_cb, void *parse_arg); |
| 1367 | |
| 1368 | /* SSL_CTX_add_server_custom_ext is the same as |
| 1369 | * |SSL_CTX_add_client_custom_ext|, but for server connections. |
| 1370 | * |
| 1371 | * Unlike on the client side, if |add_cb| is NULL no extension will be added. |
| 1372 | * The |add_cb|, if any, will only be called if the ClientHello contained a |
| 1373 | * matching extension. */ |
| 1374 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_server_custom_ext( |
| 1375 | SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned extension_value, SSL_custom_ext_add_cb add_cb, |
| 1376 | SSL_custom_ext_free_cb free_cb, void *add_arg, |
| 1377 | SSL_custom_ext_parse_cb parse_cb, void *parse_arg); |
| 1378 | |
| 1379 | |
David Benjamin | a6b8cdf | 2015-09-13 14:07:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | /* Sessions. |
| 1381 | * |
| 1382 | * An |SSL_SESSION| represents an SSL session that may be resumed in an |
| 1383 | * abbreviated handshake. It is reference-counted and immutable. Once |
| 1384 | * established, an |SSL_SESSION| may be shared by multiple |SSL| objects on |
| 1385 | * different threads and must not be modified. */ |
| 1386 | |
David Benjamin | 3fb1ebc | 2015-09-16 00:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 | DECLARE_LHASH_OF(SSL_SESSION) |
David Benjamin | 7227990 | 2015-10-17 22:15:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1388 | DECLARE_PEM_rw(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION) |
David Benjamin | 3fb1ebc | 2015-09-16 00:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1389 | |
David Benjamin | a6b8cdf | 2015-09-13 14:07:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1390 | /* SSL_SESSION_new returns a newly-allocated blank |SSL_SESSION| or NULL on |
| 1391 | * error. This may be useful in writing tests but otherwise should not be |
| 1392 | * used outside the library. */ |
| 1393 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_new(void); |
| 1394 | |
| 1395 | /* SSL_SESSION_up_ref, if |session| is not NULL, increments the reference count |
| 1396 | * of |session|. It then returns |session|. */ |
| 1397 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_up_ref(SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 | /* SSL_SESSION_free decrements the reference count of |session|. If it reaches |
| 1400 | * zero, all data referenced by |session| and |session| itself are released. */ |
| 1401 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_free(SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1402 | |
| 1403 | /* SSL_SESSION_to_bytes serializes |in| into a newly allocated buffer and sets |
| 1404 | * |*out_data| to that buffer and |*out_len| to its length. The caller takes |
| 1405 | * ownership of the buffer and must call |OPENSSL_free| when done. It returns |
| 1406 | * one on success and zero on error. */ |
David Benjamin | 14e2b50 | 2015-09-13 14:48:12 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1407 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_to_bytes(const SSL_SESSION *in, |
| 1408 | uint8_t **out_data, size_t *out_len); |
David Benjamin | a6b8cdf | 2015-09-13 14:07:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1409 | |
| 1410 | /* SSL_SESSION_to_bytes_for_ticket serializes |in|, but excludes the session |
| 1411 | * identification information, namely the session ID and ticket. */ |
David Benjamin | 14e2b50 | 2015-09-13 14:48:12 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1412 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_to_bytes_for_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *in, |
David Benjamin | a6b8cdf | 2015-09-13 14:07:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1413 | uint8_t **out_data, |
| 1414 | size_t *out_len); |
| 1415 | |
| 1416 | /* SSL_SESSION_from_bytes parses |in_len| bytes from |in| as an SSL_SESSION. It |
| 1417 | * returns a newly-allocated |SSL_SESSION| on success or NULL on error. */ |
| 1418 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_from_bytes(const uint8_t *in, |
| 1419 | size_t in_len); |
| 1420 | |
| 1421 | /* SSL_SESSION_get_version returns a string describing the TLS version |session| |
| 1422 | * was established at. For example, "TLSv1.2" or "SSLv3". */ |
| 1423 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_SESSION_get_version(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1424 | |
| 1425 | /* SSL_SESSION_get_id returns a pointer to a buffer containg |session|'s session |
| 1426 | * ID and sets |*out_len| to its length. */ |
| 1427 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_SESSION_get_id(const SSL_SESSION *session, |
| 1428 | unsigned *out_len); |
| 1429 | |
| 1430 | /* SSL_SESSION_get_time returns the time at which |session| was established in |
| 1431 | * seconds since the UNIX epoch. */ |
| 1432 | OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_SESSION_get_time(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1433 | |
| 1434 | /* SSL_SESSION_get_timeout returns the lifetime of |session| in seconds. */ |
| 1435 | OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1436 | |
| 1437 | /* SSL_SESSION_get_key_exchange_info returns a value that describes the |
| 1438 | * strength of the asymmetric operation that provides confidentiality to |
| 1439 | * |session|. Its interpretation depends on the operation used. See the |
| 1440 | * documentation for this value in the |SSL_SESSION| structure. */ |
David Benjamin | 14e2b50 | 2015-09-13 14:48:12 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1441 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_SESSION_get_key_exchange_info( |
| 1442 | const SSL_SESSION *session); |
David Benjamin | a6b8cdf | 2015-09-13 14:07:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1443 | |
| 1444 | /* SSL_SESSION_get0_peer return's the peer leaf certificate stored in |
David Benjamin | 14e2b50 | 2015-09-13 14:48:12 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1445 | * |session|. |
| 1446 | * |
| 1447 | * TODO(davidben): This should return a const X509 *. */ |
| 1448 | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_SESSION_get0_peer(const SSL_SESSION *session); |
David Benjamin | a6b8cdf | 2015-09-13 14:07:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1449 | |
| 1450 | /* SSL_SESSION_set_time sets |session|'s creation time to |time| and returns |
| 1451 | * |time|. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise should not |
| 1452 | * be used. */ |
| 1453 | OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_SESSION_set_time(SSL_SESSION *session, long time); |
| 1454 | |
Adam Langley | c8e664b | 2015-09-24 14:48:32 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 1455 | /* SSL_SESSION_set_timeout sets |session|'s timeout to |timeout| and returns |
| 1456 | * one. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise should not |
| 1457 | * be used. */ |
David Benjamin | a6b8cdf | 2015-09-13 14:07:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1458 | OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_SESSION_set_timeout(SSL_SESSION *session, long timeout); |
| 1459 | |
| 1460 | /* SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context sets |session|'s session ID context (see |
| 1461 | * |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|) to |sid_ctx|. It returns one on success and |
| 1462 | * zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise |
| 1463 | * should not be used. */ |
| 1464 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context(SSL_SESSION *session, |
| 1465 | const uint8_t *sid_ctx, |
| 1466 | unsigned sid_ctx_len); |
| 1467 | |
| 1468 | |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1469 | /* Session caching. |
| 1470 | * |
| 1471 | * Session caching allows clients to reconnect to a server based on saved |
| 1472 | * parameters from a previous connection. |
| 1473 | * |
| 1474 | * For a server, the library implements a built-in internal session cache as an |
| 1475 | * in-memory hash table. One may also register callbacks to implement a custom |
| 1476 | * external session cache. An external cache may be used in addition to or |
| 1477 | * instead of the internal one. Use |SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode| to toggle |
| 1478 | * the internal cache. |
| 1479 | * |
| 1480 | * For a client, the only option is an external session cache. Prior to |
| 1481 | * handshaking, the consumer should look up a session externally (keyed, for |
| 1482 | * instance, by hostname) and use |SSL_set_session| to configure which session |
| 1483 | * to offer. The callbacks may be used to determine when new sessions are |
| 1484 | * available. |
| 1485 | * |
| 1486 | * Note that offering or accepting a session short-circuits most parameter |
| 1487 | * negotiation. Resuming sessions across different configurations may result in |
| 1488 | * surprising behavor. So, for instance, a client implementing a version |
| 1489 | * fallback should shard its session cache by maximum protocol version. */ |
| 1490 | |
| 1491 | /* SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF disables all session caching. */ |
| 1492 | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF 0x0000 |
| 1493 | |
David Benjamin | 1269ddd | 2015-10-18 15:18:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1494 | /* SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT enables session caching for a client. The internal |
| 1495 | * cache is never used on a client, so this only enables the callbacks. */ |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1496 | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT 0x0001 |
| 1497 | |
| 1498 | /* SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER enables session caching for a server. */ |
| 1499 | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER 0x0002 |
| 1500 | |
| 1501 | /* SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER enables session caching for both client and server. */ |
| 1502 | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_BOTH (SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT | SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER) |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | /* SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR disables automatically calling |
| 1505 | * |SSL_CTX_flush_sessions| every 255 connections. */ |
| 1506 | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR 0x0080 |
| 1507 | |
David Benjamin | 1269ddd | 2015-10-18 15:18:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1508 | /* SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP, on a server, disables looking up a session |
| 1509 | * from the internal session cache. */ |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1510 | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP 0x0100 |
| 1511 | |
David Benjamin | 1269ddd | 2015-10-18 15:18:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1512 | /* SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE, on a server, disables storing sessions in |
| 1513 | * the internal session cache. */ |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1514 | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE 0x0200 |
| 1515 | |
David Benjamin | 1269ddd | 2015-10-18 15:18:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1516 | /* SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL, on a server, disables the internal session |
| 1517 | * cache. */ |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1518 | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL \ |
| 1519 | (SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP | SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE) |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | /* SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode sets the session cache mode bits for |ctx| to |
| 1522 | * |mode|. It returns the previous value. */ |
| 1523 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode); |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | /* SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode returns the session cache mode bits for |
| 1526 | * |ctx| */ |
| 1527 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 1528 | |
David Benjamin | 43a58ad | 2015-09-24 23:56:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1529 | /* SSL_set_session, for a client, configures |ssl| to offer to resume |session| |
| 1530 | * in the initial handshake and returns one. The caller retains ownership of |
| 1531 | * |session|. */ |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1532 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session(SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 | /* SSL_get_session returns a non-owning pointer to |ssl|'s session. Prior to the |
| 1535 | * initial handshake beginning, this is the session to be offered, set by |
| 1536 | * |SSL_set_session|. After a handshake has finished, this is the currently |
| 1537 | * active session. Its behavior is undefined while a handshake is progress. */ |
| 1538 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_get_session(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 | /* SSL_get0_session is an alias for |SSL_get_session|. */ |
| 1541 | #define SSL_get0_session SSL_get_session |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 | /* SSL_get1_session acts like |SSL_get_session| but returns a new reference to |
| 1544 | * the session. */ |
| 1545 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_get1_session(SSL *ssl); |
| 1546 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1547 | /* SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT is the default lifetime, in seconds, of a |
| 1548 | * session. */ |
| 1549 | #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT (2 * 60 * 60) |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 | /* SSL_CTX_set_timeout sets the lifetime, in seconds, of sessions created in |
| 1552 | * |ctx| to |timeout|. */ |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1553 | OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_CTX_set_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx, long timeout); |
| 1554 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1555 | /* SSL_CTX_get_timeout returns the lifetime, in seconds, of sessions created in |
| 1556 | * |ctx|. */ |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1557 | OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_CTX_get_timeout(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 | /* SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context sets |ctx|'s session ID context to |sid_ctx|. |
| 1560 | * It returns one on success and zero on error. The session ID context is an |
| 1561 | * application-defined opaque byte string. A session will not be used in a |
| 1562 | * connection without a matching session ID context. |
| 1563 | * |
| 1564 | * For a server, if |SSL_VERIFY_PEER| is enabled, it is an error to not set a |
| 1565 | * session ID context. |
| 1566 | * |
| 1567 | * TODO(davidben): Is that check needed? That seems a special case of taking |
| 1568 | * care not to cross-resume across configuration changes, and this is only |
| 1569 | * relevant if a server requires client auth. */ |
| 1570 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 1571 | const uint8_t *sid_ctx, |
| 1572 | unsigned sid_ctx_len); |
| 1573 | |
| 1574 | /* SSL_set_session_id_context sets |ssl|'s session ID context to |sid_ctx|. It |
| 1575 | * returns one on success and zero on error. See also |
| 1576 | * |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|. */ |
| 1577 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session_id_context(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *sid_ctx, |
| 1578 | unsigned sid_ctx_len); |
| 1579 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1580 | /* SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT is the default maximum size of a session |
| 1581 | * cache. */ |
| 1582 | #define SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT (1024 * 20) |
| 1583 | |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1584 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size sets the maximum size of |ctx|'s internal session |
| 1585 | * cache to |size|. It returns the previous value. */ |
| 1586 | OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 1587 | unsigned long size); |
| 1588 | |
| 1589 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size returns the maximum size of |ctx|'s internal |
| 1590 | * session cache. */ |
| 1591 | OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 | /* SSL_CTX_sessions returns |ctx|'s internal session cache. */ |
| 1594 | OPENSSL_EXPORT LHASH_OF(SSL_SESSION) *SSL_CTX_sessions(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 1595 | |
| 1596 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_number returns the number of sessions in |ctx|'s internal |
| 1597 | * session cache. */ |
| 1598 | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_sess_number(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 1599 | |
| 1600 | /* SSL_CTX_add_session inserts |session| into |ctx|'s internal session cache. It |
David Benjamin | 0f65395 | 2015-10-18 14:28:01 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1601 | * returns one on success and zero on error or if |session| is already in the |
| 1602 | * cache. The caller retains its reference to |session|. */ |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1603 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_session(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 | /* SSL_CTX_remove_session removes |session| from |ctx|'s internal session cache. |
David Benjamin | 0f65395 | 2015-10-18 14:28:01 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1606 | * It returns one on success and zero if |session| was not in the cache. */ |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1607 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_remove_session(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | /* SSL_CTX_flush_sessions removes all sessions from |ctx| which have expired as |
| 1610 | * of time |time|. If |time| is zero, all sessions are removed. */ |
| 1611 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(SSL_CTX *ctx, long time); |
| 1612 | |
| 1613 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb sets the callback to be called when a new session is |
| 1614 | * established and ready to be cached. If the session cache is disabled (the |
| 1615 | * appropriate one of |SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT| or |SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER| is |
| 1616 | * unset), the callback is not called. |
| 1617 | * |
| 1618 | * The callback is passed a reference to |session|. It returns one if it takes |
| 1619 | * ownership and zero otherwise. |
| 1620 | * |
| 1621 | * Note: For a client, the callback may be called on abbreviated handshakes if a |
| 1622 | * ticket is renewed. Further, it may not be called until some time after |
| 1623 | * |SSL_do_handshake| or |SSL_connect| completes if False Start is enabled. Thus |
| 1624 | * it's recommended to use this callback over checking |SSL_session_reused| on |
| 1625 | * handshake completion. |
| 1626 | * |
| 1627 | * TODO(davidben): Conditioning callbacks on |SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT| or |
| 1628 | * |SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER| doesn't make any sense when one could just as easily |
| 1629 | * not supply the callbacks. Removing that condition and the client internal |
| 1630 | * cache would simplify things. */ |
| 1631 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb( |
| 1632 | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*new_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session)); |
| 1633 | |
| 1634 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb returns the callback set by |
| 1635 | * |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb|. */ |
| 1636 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( |
| 1637 | SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1638 | |
| 1639 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb sets a callback which is called when a session is |
| 1640 | * removed from the internal session cache. |
| 1641 | * |
| 1642 | * TODO(davidben): What is the point of this callback? It seems useless since it |
| 1643 | * only fires on sessions in the internal cache. */ |
| 1644 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb( |
| 1645 | SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 1646 | void (*remove_session_cb)(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session)); |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_get_remove_cb returns the callback set by |
| 1649 | * |SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb|. */ |
| 1650 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_remove_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( |
| 1651 | SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 1652 | |
| 1653 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb sets a callback to look up a session by ID for a |
| 1654 | * server. The callback is passed the session ID and should return a matching |
| 1655 | * |SSL_SESSION| or NULL if not found. It should set |*out_copy| to zero and |
| 1656 | * return a new reference to the session. This callback is not used for a |
| 1657 | * client. |
| 1658 | * |
| 1659 | * For historical reasons, if |*out_copy| is set to one (default), the SSL |
| 1660 | * library will take a new reference to the returned |SSL_SESSION|, expecting |
| 1661 | * the callback to return a non-owning pointer. This is not recommended. If |
| 1662 | * |ctx| and thus the callback is used on multiple threads, the session may be |
| 1663 | * removed and invalidated before the SSL library calls |SSL_SESSION_up_ref|, |
| 1664 | * whereas the callback may synchronize internally. |
| 1665 | * |
| 1666 | * To look up a session asynchronously, the callback may return |
| 1667 | * |SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr|. See the documentation for that function and |
| 1668 | * |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION|. |
| 1669 | * |
| 1670 | * If the internal session cache is enabled, the callback is only consulted if |
David Benjamin | b735b1b | 2015-10-07 09:36:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1671 | * the internal cache does not return a match. |
| 1672 | * |
| 1673 | * The callback's |id| parameter is not const for historical reasons, but the |
| 1674 | * contents may not be modified. */ |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1675 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb( |
| 1676 | SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 1677 | SSL_SESSION *(*get_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *id, int id_len, |
| 1678 | int *out_copy)); |
| 1679 | |
| 1680 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb returns the callback set by |
| 1681 | * |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb|. */ |
| 1682 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *(*SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( |
| 1683 | SSL *ssl, uint8_t *id, int id_len, int *out_copy); |
| 1684 | |
| 1685 | /* SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr returns a magic |SSL_SESSION|* which indicates |
| 1686 | * that the session isn't currently unavailable. |SSL_get_error| will then |
| 1687 | * return |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION| and the handshake can be retried later |
| 1688 | * when the lookup has completed. */ |
| 1689 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr(void); |
| 1690 | |
David Benjamin | dafbdd4 | 2015-09-14 01:40:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1691 | |
| 1692 | /* Session tickets. |
| 1693 | * |
| 1694 | * Session tickets, from RFC 5077, allow session resumption without server-side |
| 1695 | * state. Session tickets are supported in by default but may be disabled with |
| 1696 | * |SSL_OP_NO_TICKET|. |
| 1697 | * |
| 1698 | * On the client, ticket-based sessions use the same APIs as ID-based tickets. |
| 1699 | * Callers do not need to handle them differently. |
| 1700 | * |
| 1701 | * On the server, tickets are encrypted and authenticated with a secret key. By |
| 1702 | * default, an |SSL_CTX| generates a key on creation. Tickets are minted and |
| 1703 | * processed transparently. The following functions may be used to configure a |
| 1704 | * persistent key or implement more custom behavior. */ |
David Benjamin | daeafc2 | 2015-06-25 17:35:11 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1705 | |
| 1706 | /* SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys writes |ctx|'s session ticket key material to |
| 1707 | * |len| bytes of |out|. It returns one on success and zero if |len| is not |
| 1708 | * 48. If |out| is NULL, it returns 48 instead. */ |
| 1709 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *out, |
| 1710 | size_t len); |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys sets |ctx|'s session ticket key material to |
| 1713 | * |len| bytes of |in|. It returns one on success and zero if |len| is not |
| 1714 | * 48. If |in| is NULL, it returns 48 instead. */ |
| 1715 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, const void *in, |
| 1716 | size_t len); |
| 1717 | |
David Benjamin | e3aa1d9 | 2015-06-16 15:34:50 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1718 | /* SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_LEN is the length of the key name prefix of a session |
| 1719 | * ticket. */ |
| 1720 | #define SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_LEN 16 |
| 1721 | |
David Benjamin | daeafc2 | 2015-06-25 17:35:11 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1722 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb sets the ticket callback to |callback| and |
| 1723 | * returns one. |callback| will be called when encrypting a new ticket and when |
| 1724 | * decrypting a ticket from the client. |
| 1725 | * |
| 1726 | * In both modes, |ctx| and |hmac_ctx| will already have been initialized with |
| 1727 | * |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init| and |HMAC_CTX_init|, respectively. |callback| |
| 1728 | * configures |hmac_ctx| with an HMAC digest and key, and configures |ctx| |
| 1729 | * for encryption or decryption, based on the mode. |
| 1730 | * |
| 1731 | * When encrypting a new ticket, |encrypt| will be one. It writes a public |
| 1732 | * 16-byte key name to |key_name| and a fresh IV to |iv|. The output IV length |
| 1733 | * must match |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length| of the cipher selected. In this mode, |
| 1734 | * |callback| returns 1 on success and -1 on error. |
| 1735 | * |
| 1736 | * When decrypting a ticket, |encrypt| will be zero. |key_name| will point to a |
| 1737 | * 16-byte key name and |iv| points to an IV. The length of the IV consumed must |
| 1738 | * match |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length| of the cipher selected. In this mode, |
| 1739 | * |callback| returns -1 to abort the handshake, 0 if decrypting the ticket |
| 1740 | * failed, and 1 or 2 on success. If it returns 2, the ticket will be renewed. |
| 1741 | * This may be used to re-key the ticket. |
| 1742 | * |
| 1743 | * WARNING: |callback| wildly breaks the usual return value convention and is |
| 1744 | * called in two different modes. */ |
| 1745 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb( |
| 1746 | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *key_name, uint8_t *iv, |
| 1747 | EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, HMAC_CTX *hmac_ctx, |
| 1748 | int encrypt)); |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 | |
David Benjamin | 58fcfc1 | 2015-09-15 23:49:00 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1751 | /* Elliptic curve Diffie-Hellman. |
| 1752 | * |
| 1753 | * Cipher suites using an ECDHE key exchange perform Diffie-Hellman over an |
| 1754 | * elliptic curve negotiated by both endpoints. See RFC 4492. Only named curves |
| 1755 | * are supported. ECDHE is always enabled, but the curve preferences may be |
| 1756 | * configured with these functions. |
| 1757 | * |
| 1758 | * A client may use |SSL_SESSION_get_key_exchange_info| to determine the curve |
| 1759 | * selected. */ |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 | /* SSL_CTX_set1_curves sets the preferred curves for |ctx| to be |curves|. Each |
| 1762 | * element of |curves| should be a curve nid. It returns one on success and |
| 1763 | * zero on failure. */ |
| 1764 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_curves(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *curves, |
| 1765 | size_t curves_len); |
| 1766 | |
| 1767 | /* SSL_set1_curves sets the preferred curves for |ssl| to be |curves|. Each |
| 1768 | * element of |curves| should be a curve nid. It returns one on success and |
| 1769 | * zero on failure. */ |
| 1770 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_curves(SSL *ssl, const int *curves, |
| 1771 | size_t curves_len); |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh configures |ctx| to use the curve from |ecdh| as the |
| 1774 | * curve for ephemeral ECDH keys. For historical reasons, this API expects an |
| 1775 | * |EC_KEY|, but only the curve is used. It returns one on success and zero on |
| 1776 | * error. If unset, an appropriate curve will be chosen based on curve |
| 1777 | * preferences. (This is recommended.) */ |
| 1778 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh(SSL_CTX *ctx, const EC_KEY *ec_key); |
| 1779 | |
| 1780 | /* SSL_set_tmp_ecdh configures |ssl| to use the curve from |ecdh| as the curve |
| 1781 | * for ephemeral ECDH keys. For historical reasons, this API expects an |
| 1782 | * |EC_KEY|, but only the curve is used. It returns one on success and zero on |
| 1783 | * error. If unset, an appropriate curve will be chosen based on curve |
| 1784 | * preferences. (This is recommended.) */ |
| 1785 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_ecdh(SSL *ssl, const EC_KEY *ec_key); |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh_callback configures |ctx| to use |callback| to determine |
| 1788 | * the curve for ephemeral ECDH keys. |callback| should ignore |is_export| and |
| 1789 | * |keylength| and return an |EC_KEY| of the selected curve or NULL on |
| 1790 | * error. Only the curve is used, so the |EC_KEY| needn't have a generated |
| 1791 | * keypair. |
| 1792 | * |
| 1793 | * If the callback is unset, an appropriate curve will be chosen based on curve |
| 1794 | * preferences. (This is recommended.) |
| 1795 | * |
| 1796 | * WARNING: The caller does not take ownership of the resulting |EC_KEY|, so |
| 1797 | * |callback| must save and release the object elsewhere. */ |
| 1798 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh_callback( |
| 1799 | SSL_CTX *ctx, EC_KEY *(*callback)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength)); |
| 1800 | |
| 1801 | /* SSL_set_tmp_ecdh_callback configures |ssl| to use |callback| to determine the |
| 1802 | * curve for ephemeral ECDH keys. |callback| should ignore |is_export| and |
| 1803 | * |keylength| and return an |EC_KEY| of the selected curve or NULL on |
| 1804 | * error. Only the curve is used, so the |EC_KEY| needn't have a generated |
| 1805 | * keypair. |
| 1806 | * |
| 1807 | * If the callback is unset, an appropriate curve will be chosen based on curve |
| 1808 | * preferences. (This is recommended.) |
| 1809 | * |
| 1810 | * WARNING: The caller does not take ownership of the resulting |EC_KEY|, so |
| 1811 | * |callback| must save and release the object elsewhere. */ |
| 1812 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tmp_ecdh_callback( |
| 1813 | SSL *ssl, EC_KEY *(*callback)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength)); |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 | /* SSL_get_curve_name returns a human-readable name for the elliptic curve |
| 1816 | * specified by the given TLS curve id, or NULL if the curve if unknown. */ |
David Benjamin | 5993704 | 2015-09-19 13:04:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1817 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_curve_name(uint16_t curve_id); |
David Benjamin | 58fcfc1 | 2015-09-15 23:49:00 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1818 | |
| 1819 | |
| 1820 | /* Multiplicative Diffie-Hellman. |
| 1821 | * |
| 1822 | * Cipher suites using a DHE key exchange perform Diffie-Hellman over a |
| 1823 | * multiplicative group selected by the server. These ciphers are disabled for a |
| 1824 | * server unless a group is chosen with one of these functions. |
| 1825 | * |
| 1826 | * A client may use |SSL_SESSION_get_key_exchange_info| to determine the size of |
| 1827 | * the selected group's prime, but note that servers may select degenerate |
| 1828 | * groups. */ |
| 1829 | |
| 1830 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh configures |ctx| to use the group from |dh| as the group |
| 1831 | * for DHE. Only the group is used, so |dh| needn't have a keypair. It returns |
| 1832 | * one on success and zero on error. */ |
| 1833 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh(SSL_CTX *ctx, const DH *dh); |
| 1834 | |
| 1835 | /* SSL_set_tmp_dh configures |ssl| to use the group from |dh| as the group for |
| 1836 | * DHE. Only the group is used, so |dh| needn't have a keypair. It returns one |
| 1837 | * on success and zero on error. */ |
| 1838 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_dh(SSL *ssl, const DH *dh); |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback configures |ctx| to use |callback| to determine |
| 1841 | * the group for DHE ciphers. |callback| should ignore |is_export| and |
| 1842 | * |keylength| and return a |DH| of the selected group or NULL on error. Only |
| 1843 | * the parameters are used, so the |DH| needn't have a generated keypair. |
| 1844 | * |
| 1845 | * WARNING: The caller does not take ownership of the resulting |DH|, so |
| 1846 | * |callback| must save and release the object elsewhere. */ |
| 1847 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback( |
| 1848 | SSL_CTX *ctx, DH *(*callback)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength)); |
| 1849 | |
| 1850 | /* SSL_set_tmp_dh_callback configures |ssl| to use |callback| to determine the |
| 1851 | * group for DHE ciphers. |callback| should ignore |is_export| and |keylength| |
| 1852 | * and return a |DH| of the selected group or NULL on error. Only the |
| 1853 | * parameters are used, so the |DH| needn't have a generated keypair. |
| 1854 | * |
| 1855 | * WARNING: The caller does not take ownership of the resulting |DH|, so |
| 1856 | * |callback| must save and release the object elsewhere. */ |
| 1857 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tmp_dh_callback(SSL *ssl, |
| 1858 | DH *(*dh)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, |
| 1859 | int keylength)); |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 | |
David Benjamin | 5993704 | 2015-09-19 13:04:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1862 | /* Certificate verification. |
| 1863 | * |
| 1864 | * SSL may authenticate either endpoint with an X.509 certificate. Typically |
| 1865 | * this is used to authenticate the server to the client. These functions |
| 1866 | * configure certificate verification. |
| 1867 | * |
| 1868 | * WARNING: By default, certificate verification errors on a client are not |
| 1869 | * fatal. See |SSL_VERIFY_NONE| This may be configured with |
| 1870 | * |SSL_CTX_set_verify|. |
| 1871 | * |
| 1872 | * By default clients are anonymous but a server may request a certificate from |
| 1873 | * the client by setting |SSL_VERIFY_PEER|. |
| 1874 | * |
| 1875 | * Many of these functions use OpenSSL's legacy X.509 stack which is |
| 1876 | * underdocumented and deprecated, but the replacement isn't ready yet. For |
| 1877 | * now, consumers may use the existing stack or bypass it by performing |
| 1878 | * certificate verification externally. This may be done with |
| 1879 | * |SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback| or by extracting the chain with |
| 1880 | * |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| after the handshake. In the future, functions will |
David Benjamin | d3a53c8 | 2015-09-20 00:00:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1881 | * be added to use the SSL stack without dependency on any part of the legacy |
| 1882 | * X.509 and ASN.1 stack. |
| 1883 | * |
| 1884 | * To augment certificate verification, a client may also enable OCSP stapling |
| 1885 | * (RFC 6066) and Certificate Transparency (RFC 6962) extensions. */ |
David Benjamin | 5993704 | 2015-09-19 13:04:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1886 | |
| 1887 | /* SSL_VERIFY_NONE, on a client, verifies the server certificate but does not |
| 1888 | * make errors fatal. The result may be checked with |SSL_get_verify_result|. On |
| 1889 | * a server it does not request a client certificate. This is the default. */ |
| 1890 | #define SSL_VERIFY_NONE 0x00 |
| 1891 | |
| 1892 | /* SSL_VERIFY_PEER, on a client, makes server certificate errors fatal. On a |
| 1893 | * server it requests a client certificate and makes errors fatal. However, |
| 1894 | * anonymous clients are still allowed. See |
| 1895 | * |SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT|. */ |
| 1896 | #define SSL_VERIFY_PEER 0x01 |
| 1897 | |
| 1898 | /* SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT configures a server to reject connections if |
| 1899 | * the client declines to send a certificate. Otherwise |SSL_VERIFY_PEER| still |
| 1900 | * allows anonymous clients. */ |
| 1901 | #define SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT 0x02 |
| 1902 | |
| 1903 | /* SSL_VERIFY_PEER_IF_NO_OBC configures a server to request a client certificate |
| 1904 | * if and only if Channel ID is not negotiated. */ |
| 1905 | #define SSL_VERIFY_PEER_IF_NO_OBC 0x04 |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 | /* SSL_CTX_set_verify configures certificate verification behavior. |mode| is |
| 1908 | * one of the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback|, if not NULL, is |
| 1909 | * used to customize certificate verification. See the behavior of |
| 1910 | * |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb|. |
| 1911 | * |
| 1912 | * The callback may use |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| with |
| 1913 | * |X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data| to look up the |SSL| from |store_ctx|. */ |
| 1914 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_verify( |
| 1915 | SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode, int (*callback)(int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx)); |
| 1916 | |
| 1917 | /* SSL_set_verify configures certificate verification behavior. |mode| is one of |
| 1918 | * the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback|, if not NULL, is used to |
| 1919 | * customize certificate verification. See the behavior of |
| 1920 | * |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb|. |
| 1921 | * |
| 1922 | * The callback may use |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| with |
| 1923 | * |X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data| to look up the |SSL| from |store_ctx|. */ |
| 1924 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_verify(SSL *ssl, int mode, |
| 1925 | int (*callback)(int ok, |
| 1926 | X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx)); |
| 1927 | |
| 1928 | /* SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode returns |ctx|'s verify mode, set by |
| 1929 | * |SSL_CTX_set_verify|. */ |
| 1930 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 1931 | |
| 1932 | /* SSL_get_verify_mode returns |ssl|'s verify mode, set by |SSL_CTX_set_verify| |
| 1933 | * or |SSL_set_verify|. */ |
| 1934 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_verify_mode(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1935 | |
| 1936 | /* SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback returns the callback set by |
| 1937 | * |SSL_CTX_set_verify|. */ |
| 1938 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx))( |
| 1939 | int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx); |
| 1940 | |
| 1941 | /* SSL_get_verify_callback returns the callback set by |SSL_CTX_set_verify| or |
| 1942 | * |SSL_set_verify|. */ |
| 1943 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_get_verify_callback(const SSL *ssl))( |
| 1944 | int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx); |
| 1945 | |
| 1946 | /* SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth sets the maximum depth of a certificate chain |
| 1947 | * accepted in verification. This number does not include the leaf, so a depth |
| 1948 | * of 1 allows the leaf and one CA certificate. */ |
| 1949 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth(SSL_CTX *ctx, int depth); |
| 1950 | |
| 1951 | /* SSL_set_verify_depth sets the maximum depth of a certificate chain accepted |
| 1952 | * in verification. This number does not include the leaf, so a depth of 1 |
| 1953 | * allows the leaf and one CA certificate. */ |
| 1954 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_verify_depth(SSL *ssl, int depth); |
| 1955 | |
| 1956 | /* SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth returns the maximum depth of a certificate accepted |
| 1957 | * in verification. */ |
| 1958 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 | /* SSL_get_verify_depth returns the maximum depth of a certificate accepted in |
| 1961 | * verification. */ |
| 1962 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_verify_depth(const SSL *ssl); |
| 1963 | |
| 1964 | /* SSL_CTX_set1_param sets verification parameters from |param|. It returns one |
| 1965 | * on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |param|. */ |
| 1966 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_param(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 1967 | const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); |
| 1968 | |
| 1969 | /* SSL_set1_param sets verification parameters from |param|. It returns one on |
| 1970 | * success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |param|. */ |
| 1971 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_param(SSL *ssl, |
| 1972 | const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 | /* SSL_CTX_get0_param returns |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| for certificate |
| 1975 | * verification. The caller must not release the returned pointer but may call |
| 1976 | * functions on it to configure it. */ |
| 1977 | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_CTX_get0_param(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 1978 | |
| 1979 | /* SSL_get0_param returns |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| for certificate |
| 1980 | * verification. The caller must not release the returned pointer but may call |
| 1981 | * functions on it to configure it. */ |
| 1982 | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_get0_param(SSL *ssl); |
| 1983 | |
| 1984 | /* SSL_CTX_set_purpose sets |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'purpose' parameter to |
| 1985 | * |purpose|. It returns one on success and zero on error. */ |
| 1986 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_purpose(SSL_CTX *ctx, int purpose); |
| 1987 | |
| 1988 | /* SSL_set_purpose sets |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'purpose' parameter to |
| 1989 | * |purpose|. It returns one on success and zero on error. */ |
| 1990 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_purpose(SSL *ssl, int purpose); |
| 1991 | |
| 1992 | /* SSL_CTX_set_trust sets |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'trust' parameter to |
| 1993 | * |trust|. It returns one on success and zero on error. */ |
| 1994 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_trust(SSL_CTX *ctx, int trust); |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 | /* SSL_set_trust sets |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'trust' parameter to |
| 1997 | * |trust|. It returns one on success and zero on error. */ |
| 1998 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_trust(SSL *ssl, int trust); |
| 1999 | |
| 2000 | /* SSL_CTX_set_cert_store sets |ctx|'s certificate store to |store|. It takes |
| 2001 | * ownership of |store|. The store is used for certificate verification. |
| 2002 | * |
| 2003 | * The store is also used for the auto-chaining feature, but this is deprecated. |
| 2004 | * See also |SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN|. */ |
| 2005 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509_STORE *store); |
| 2006 | |
| 2007 | /* SSL_CTX_get_cert_store returns |ctx|'s certificate store. */ |
| 2008 | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_STORE *SSL_CTX_get_cert_store(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2009 | |
| 2010 | /* SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths loads the OpenSSL system-default trust |
| 2011 | * anchors into |ctx|'s store. It returns one on success and zero on failure. */ |
| 2012 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2013 | |
| 2014 | /* SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations loads trust anchors into |ctx|'s store from |
| 2015 | * |ca_file| and |ca_dir|, either of which may be NULL. If |ca_file| is passed, |
| 2016 | * it is opened and PEM-encoded CA certificates are read. If |ca_dir| is passed, |
| 2017 | * it is treated as a directory in OpenSSL's hashed directory format. It returns |
| 2018 | * one on success and zero on failure. |
| 2019 | * |
| 2020 | * See |
| 2021 | * https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/ssl/SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations.html |
| 2022 | * for documentation on the directory format. */ |
| 2023 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2024 | const char *ca_file, |
| 2025 | const char *ca_dir); |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 | /* SSL_get_verify_result returns the result of certificate verification. It is |
| 2028 | * either |X509_V_OK| or a |X509_V_ERR_*| value. */ |
| 2029 | OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_get_verify_result(const SSL *ssl); |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 | /* SSL_set_verify_result overrides the result of certificate verification. */ |
| 2032 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_verify_result(SSL *ssl, long result); |
| 2033 | |
| 2034 | /* SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx returns the ex_data index used to look up |
| 2035 | * the |SSL| associated with an |X509_STORE_CTX| in the verify callback. */ |
| 2036 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx(void); |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 | /* SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback sets a custom callback to be called on |
| 2039 | * certificate verification rather than |X509_verify_cert|. |store_ctx| contains |
| 2040 | * the verification parameters. The callback should return one on success and |
| 2041 | * zero on fatal error. It may use |X509_STORE_CTX_set_error| to set a |
| 2042 | * verification result. |
| 2043 | * |
| 2044 | * The callback may use either the |arg| parameter or |
| 2045 | * |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| to recover the associated |SSL| |
| 2046 | * object. */ |
| 2047 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback( |
| 2048 | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx, void *arg), |
| 2049 | void *arg); |
| 2050 | |
David Benjamin | d3a53c8 | 2015-09-20 00:00:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2051 | /* SSL_enable_signed_cert_timestamps causes |ssl| (which must be the client end |
| 2052 | * of a connection) to request SCTs from the server. See |
David Benjamin | f88b81a | 2015-10-05 20:14:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2053 | * https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962. It returns one. |
| 2054 | * |
| 2055 | * Call |SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list| to recover the SCT after the |
| 2056 | * handshake. */ |
David Benjamin | d3a53c8 | 2015-09-20 00:00:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2057 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_enable_signed_cert_timestamps(SSL *ssl); |
| 2058 | |
| 2059 | /* SSL_CTX_enable_signed_cert_timestamps enables SCT requests on all client SSL |
David Benjamin | f88b81a | 2015-10-05 20:14:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2060 | * objects created from |ctx|. |
David Benjamin | d3a53c8 | 2015-09-20 00:00:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2061 | * |
David Benjamin | f88b81a | 2015-10-05 20:14:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2062 | * Call |SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list| to recover the SCT after the |
| 2063 | * handshake. */ |
| 2064 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_enable_signed_cert_timestamps(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
David Benjamin | d3a53c8 | 2015-09-20 00:00:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2065 | |
| 2066 | /* SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling causes |ssl| (which must be the client end of a |
| 2067 | * connection) to request a stapled OCSP response from the server. It returns |
David Benjamin | f88b81a | 2015-10-05 20:14:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2068 | * one. |
| 2069 | * |
| 2070 | * Call |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| to recover the OCSP response after the |
| 2071 | * handshake. */ |
David Benjamin | d3a53c8 | 2015-09-20 00:00:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2072 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling(SSL *ssl); |
| 2073 | |
| 2074 | /* SSL_CTX_enable_ocsp_stapling enables OCSP stapling on all client SSL objects |
David Benjamin | f88b81a | 2015-10-05 20:14:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2075 | * created from |ctx|. |
David Benjamin | d3a53c8 | 2015-09-20 00:00:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2076 | * |
David Benjamin | f88b81a | 2015-10-05 20:14:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2077 | * Call |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| to recover the OCSP response after the |
| 2078 | * handshake. */ |
| 2079 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_enable_ocsp_stapling(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
David Benjamin | d3a53c8 | 2015-09-20 00:00:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2080 | |
David Benjamin | 5993704 | 2015-09-19 13:04:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2081 | |
| 2082 | /* Client certificate CA list. |
| 2083 | * |
| 2084 | * When requesting a client certificate, a server may advertise a list of |
| 2085 | * certificate authorities which are accepted. These functions may be used to |
| 2086 | * configure this list. */ |
| 2087 | |
| 2088 | /* SSL_set_client_CA_list sets |ssl|'s client certificate CA list to |
| 2089 | * |name_list|. It takes ownership of |name_list|. */ |
| 2090 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_client_CA_list(SSL *ssl, |
| 2091 | STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list); |
| 2092 | |
| 2093 | /* SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list sets |ctx|'s client certificate CA list to |
| 2094 | * |name_list|. It takes ownership of |name_list|. */ |
| 2095 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2096 | STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list); |
| 2097 | |
David Benjamin | fd8e69f | 2015-10-03 10:49:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2098 | /* SSL_get_client_CA_list returns |ssl|'s client certificate CA list. If |ssl| |
| 2099 | * has not been configured as a client, this is the list configured by |
| 2100 | * |SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list|. |
| 2101 | * |
| 2102 | * If configured as a client, it returns the client certificate CA list sent by |
| 2103 | * the server. In this mode, the behavior is undefined except during the |
| 2104 | * callbacks set by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or |
| 2105 | * when the handshake is paused because of them. */ |
David Benjamin | 5993704 | 2015-09-19 13:04:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2106 | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_get_client_CA_list(const SSL *ssl); |
| 2107 | |
| 2108 | /* SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list returns |ctx|'s client certificate CA list. */ |
| 2109 | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) * |
| 2110 | SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2111 | |
| 2112 | /* SSL_add_client_CA appends |x509|'s subject to the client certificate CA list. |
| 2113 | * It returns one on success or zero on error. The caller retains ownership of |
| 2114 | * |x509|. */ |
| 2115 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_client_CA(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 | /* SSL_CTX_add_client_CA appends |x509|'s subject to the client certificate CA |
| 2118 | * list. It returns one on success or zero on error. The caller retains |
| 2119 | * ownership of |x509|. */ |
| 2120 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_client_CA(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); |
| 2121 | |
| 2122 | /* SSL_load_client_CA_file opens |file| and reads PEM-encoded certificates from |
| 2123 | * it. It returns a newly-allocated stack of the certificate subjects or NULL |
| 2124 | * on error. */ |
| 2125 | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_load_client_CA_file(const char *file); |
| 2126 | |
| 2127 | /* SSL_dup_CA_list makes a deep copy of |list|. It returns the new list on |
| 2128 | * success or NULL on allocation error. */ |
| 2129 | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_dup_CA_list(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *list); |
| 2130 | |
| 2131 | /* SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack behaves like |SSL_load_client_CA_file| |
| 2132 | * but appends the result to |out|. It returns one on success or zero on |
| 2133 | * error. */ |
| 2134 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out, |
| 2135 | const char *file); |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 | /* SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack lists files in directory |dir|. It calls |
| 2138 | * |SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack| on each file and returns one on success |
| 2139 | * or zero on error. */ |
| 2140 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out, |
| 2141 | const char *dir); |
| 2142 | |
| 2143 | |
David Benjamin | 07e1384 | 2015-10-17 13:48:04 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2144 | /* Server name indication. |
| 2145 | * |
| 2146 | * The server_name extension (RFC 3546) allows the client to advertise the name |
| 2147 | * of the server it is connecting to. This is used in virtual hosting |
| 2148 | * deployments to select one of a several certificates on a single IP. Only the |
| 2149 | * host_name name type is supported. */ |
| 2150 | |
| 2151 | #define TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name 0 |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 | /* SSL_set_tlsext_host_name, for a client, configures |ssl| to advertise |name| |
| 2154 | * in the server_name extension. It returns one on success and zero on error. */ |
| 2155 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_host_name(SSL *ssl, const char *name); |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 | /* SSL_get_servername, for a server, returns the hostname supplied by the |
| 2158 | * client or NULL if there was none. The |type| argument must be |
| 2159 | * |TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name|. */ |
| 2160 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_servername(const SSL *ssl, const int type); |
| 2161 | |
| 2162 | /* SSL_get_servername_type, for a server, returns |TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name| |
| 2163 | * if the client sent a hostname and -1 otherwise. */ |
| 2164 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_servername_type(const SSL *ssl); |
| 2165 | |
| 2166 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback configures |callback| to be called on |
| 2167 | * the server after ClientHello extensions have been parsed and returns one. |
| 2168 | * The callback may use |SSL_get_servername| to examine the server_name extension |
| 2169 | * and returns a |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_*| value. The value of |arg| may be set by |
| 2170 | * calling |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg|. |
| 2171 | * |
| 2172 | * If the callback returns |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|, the server_name extension is |
| 2173 | * not acknowledged in the ServerHello. If the return value is |
| 2174 | * |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL| or |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING| then |
| 2175 | * |*out_alert| must be set to the alert value to send. */ |
| 2176 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback( |
| 2177 | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(SSL *ssl, int *out_alert, void *arg)); |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg sets the argument to the servername |
| 2180 | * callback and returns one. See |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback|. */ |
| 2181 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg); |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 | /* SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_* are values returned by some extension-related callbacks. */ |
| 2184 | #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK 0 |
| 2185 | #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING 1 |
| 2186 | #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL 2 |
| 2187 | #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK 3 |
| 2188 | |
| 2189 | |
David Benjamin | 8984f1f | 2015-09-16 00:10:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2190 | /* Application-layer protocol negotation. |
| 2191 | * |
| 2192 | * The ALPN extension (RFC 7301) allows negotiating different application-layer |
| 2193 | * protocols over a single port. This is used, for example, to negotiate |
| 2194 | * HTTP/2. */ |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 | /* SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos sets the client ALPN protocol list on |ctx| to |
| 2197 | * |protos|. |protos| must be in wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit |
| 2198 | * length-prefixed strings). It returns zero on success and one on failure. |
| 2199 | * Configuring this list enables ALPN on a client. |
| 2200 | * |
| 2201 | * WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value |
| 2202 | * convention. */ |
| 2203 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos(SSL_CTX *ctx, const uint8_t *protos, |
| 2204 | unsigned protos_len); |
| 2205 | |
| 2206 | /* SSL_set_alpn_protos sets the client ALPN protocol list on |ssl| to |protos|. |
| 2207 | * |protos| must be in wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit |
| 2208 | * length-prefixed strings). It returns zero on success and one on failure. |
| 2209 | * Configuring this list enables ALPN on a client. |
| 2210 | * |
| 2211 | * WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value |
| 2212 | * convention. */ |
| 2213 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_alpn_protos(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *protos, |
| 2214 | unsigned protos_len); |
| 2215 | |
| 2216 | /* SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb sets a callback function on |ctx| that is called |
| 2217 | * during ClientHello processing in order to select an ALPN protocol from the |
| 2218 | * client's list of offered protocols. Configuring this callback enables ALPN on |
| 2219 | * a server. |
| 2220 | * |
| 2221 | * The callback is passed a wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit |
| 2222 | * length-prefixed strings) ALPN protocol list in |in|. It should set |*out| and |
| 2223 | * |*out_len| to the selected protocol and return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| on |
| 2224 | * success. It does not pass ownership of the buffer. Otherwise, it should |
| 2225 | * return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|. Other |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_*| values are |
| 2226 | * unimplemented and will be treated as |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|. */ |
| 2227 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb( |
| 2228 | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, |
| 2229 | const uint8_t *in, unsigned in_len, void *arg), |
| 2230 | void *arg); |
| 2231 | |
| 2232 | /* SSL_get0_alpn_selected gets the selected ALPN protocol (if any) from |ssl|. |
| 2233 | * On return it sets |*out_data| to point to |*out_len| bytes of protocol name |
| 2234 | * (not including the leading length-prefix byte). If the server didn't respond |
| 2235 | * with a negotiated protocol then |*out_len| will be zero. */ |
| 2236 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_alpn_selected(const SSL *ssl, |
| 2237 | const uint8_t **out_data, |
| 2238 | unsigned *out_len); |
| 2239 | |
| 2240 | |
David Benjamin | 977547b | 2015-09-16 00:25:52 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2241 | /* Next protocol negotiation. |
| 2242 | * |
| 2243 | * The NPN extension (draft-agl-tls-nextprotoneg-03) is the predecessor to ALPN |
| 2244 | * and deprecated in favor of it. */ |
| 2245 | |
| 2246 | /* SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb sets a callback that is called when a |
| 2247 | * TLS server needs a list of supported protocols for Next Protocol |
| 2248 | * Negotiation. The returned list must be in wire format. The list is returned |
| 2249 | * by setting |*out| to point to it and |*out_len| to its length. This memory |
| 2250 | * will not be modified, but one should assume that |ssl| keeps a reference to |
| 2251 | * it. |
| 2252 | * |
| 2253 | * The callback should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| if it wishes to advertise. |
| 2254 | * Otherwise, no such extension will be included in the ServerHello. */ |
| 2255 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb( |
| 2256 | SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2257 | int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, unsigned *out_len, void *arg), |
| 2258 | void *arg); |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 | /* SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb sets a callback that is called when a client |
| 2261 | * needs to select a protocol from the server's provided list. |*out| must be |
| 2262 | * set to point to the selected protocol (which may be within |in|). The length |
| 2263 | * of the protocol name must be written into |*out_len|. The server's advertised |
| 2264 | * protocols are provided in |in| and |in_len|. The callback can assume that |
| 2265 | * |in| is syntactically valid. |
| 2266 | * |
| 2267 | * The client must select a protocol. It is fatal to the connection if this |
| 2268 | * callback returns a value other than |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK|. |
| 2269 | * |
| 2270 | * Configuring this callback enables NPN on a client. */ |
| 2271 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb( |
| 2272 | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, |
| 2273 | const uint8_t *in, unsigned in_len, void *arg), |
| 2274 | void *arg); |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 | /* SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated sets |*out_data| and |*out_len| to point to |
| 2277 | * the client's requested protocol for this connection. If the client didn't |
| 2278 | * request any protocol, then |*out_data| is set to NULL. |
| 2279 | * |
| 2280 | * Note that the client can request any protocol it chooses. The value returned |
| 2281 | * from this function need not be a member of the list of supported protocols |
| 2282 | * provided by the server. */ |
| 2283 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated(const SSL *ssl, |
| 2284 | const uint8_t **out_data, |
| 2285 | unsigned *out_len); |
| 2286 | |
| 2287 | /* SSL_select_next_proto implements the standard protocol selection. It is |
| 2288 | * expected that this function is called from the callback set by |
| 2289 | * |SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb|. |
| 2290 | * |
| 2291 | * The protocol data is assumed to be a vector of 8-bit, length prefixed byte |
| 2292 | * strings. The length byte itself is not included in the length. A byte |
| 2293 | * string of length 0 is invalid. No byte string may be truncated. |
| 2294 | * |
| 2295 | * The current, but experimental algorithm for selecting the protocol is: |
| 2296 | * |
| 2297 | * 1) If the server doesn't support NPN then this is indicated to the |
| 2298 | * callback. In this case, the client application has to abort the connection |
| 2299 | * or have a default application level protocol. |
| 2300 | * |
| 2301 | * 2) If the server supports NPN, but advertises an empty list then the |
| 2302 | * client selects the first protcol in its list, but indicates via the |
| 2303 | * API that this fallback case was enacted. |
| 2304 | * |
| 2305 | * 3) Otherwise, the client finds the first protocol in the server's list |
| 2306 | * that it supports and selects this protocol. This is because it's |
| 2307 | * assumed that the server has better information about which protocol |
| 2308 | * a client should use. |
| 2309 | * |
| 2310 | * 4) If the client doesn't support any of the server's advertised |
| 2311 | * protocols, then this is treated the same as case 2. |
| 2312 | * |
| 2313 | * It returns either |OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED| if a common protocol was found, or |
| 2314 | * |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP| if the fallback case was reached. */ |
| 2315 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_select_next_proto(uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, |
| 2316 | const uint8_t *server, |
| 2317 | unsigned server_len, |
| 2318 | const uint8_t *client, |
| 2319 | unsigned client_len); |
| 2320 | |
| 2321 | #define OPENSSL_NPN_UNSUPPORTED 0 |
| 2322 | #define OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED 1 |
| 2323 | #define OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP 2 |
| 2324 | |
| 2325 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2326 | /* Channel ID. |
| 2327 | * |
| 2328 | * See draft-balfanz-tls-channelid-01. */ |
| 2329 | |
| 2330 | /* SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id either configures a TLS server to accept TLS |
| 2331 | * Channel IDs from clients, or configures a client to send TLS Channel IDs to |
| 2332 | * a server. It returns one. */ |
| 2333 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id(SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2334 | |
| 2335 | /* SSL_enable_tls_channel_id either configures a TLS server to accept TLS |
| 2336 | * Channel IDs from clients, or configures a client to send TLS Channel IDs to |
| 2337 | * server. It returns one. */ |
| 2338 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_enable_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl); |
| 2339 | |
| 2340 | /* SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id configures a TLS client to send a TLS Channel ID |
| 2341 | * to compatible servers. |private_key| must be a P-256 EC key. It returns one |
| 2342 | * on success and zero on error. */ |
| 2343 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2344 | EVP_PKEY *private_key); |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 | /* SSL_set1_tls_channel_id configures a TLS client to send a TLS Channel ID to |
| 2347 | * compatible servers. |private_key| must be a P-256 EC key. It returns one on |
| 2348 | * success and zero on error. */ |
| 2349 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY *private_key); |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 | /* SSL_get_tls_channel_id gets the client's TLS Channel ID from a server |SSL*| |
| 2352 | * and copies up to the first |max_out| bytes into |out|. The Channel ID |
| 2353 | * consists of the client's P-256 public key as an (x,y) pair where each is a |
| 2354 | * 32-byte, big-endian field element. It returns 0 if the client didn't offer a |
| 2355 | * Channel ID and the length of the complete Channel ID otherwise. */ |
| 2356 | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, |
| 2357 | size_t max_out); |
| 2358 | |
| 2359 | /* SSL_CTX_set_channel_id_cb sets a callback to be called when a TLS Channel ID |
| 2360 | * is requested. The callback may set |*out_pkey| to a key, passing a reference |
| 2361 | * to the caller. If none is returned, the handshake will pause and |
| 2362 | * |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP|. |
| 2363 | * |
| 2364 | * See also |SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP|. */ |
| 2365 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_channel_id_cb( |
| 2366 | SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*channel_id_cb)(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY **out_pkey)); |
| 2367 | |
| 2368 | /* SSL_CTX_get_channel_id_cb returns the callback set by |
| 2369 | * |SSL_CTX_set_channel_id_cb|. */ |
| 2370 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_get_channel_id_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( |
| 2371 | SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY **out_pkey); |
| 2372 | |
| 2373 | |
David Benjamin | cfd65b6 | 2015-09-14 01:54:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2374 | /* DTLS-SRTP. |
| 2375 | * |
| 2376 | * See RFC 5764. */ |
| 2377 | |
| 2378 | /* An SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE is an SRTP profile for use with the use_srtp |
| 2379 | * extension. */ |
| 2380 | struct srtp_protection_profile_st { |
| 2381 | const char *name; |
| 2382 | unsigned long id; |
| 2383 | } /* SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE */; |
| 2384 | |
| 2385 | DECLARE_STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) |
| 2386 | |
| 2387 | /* SRTP_* define constants for SRTP profiles. */ |
| 2388 | #define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_80 0x0001 |
| 2389 | #define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_32 0x0002 |
| 2390 | #define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_80 0x0003 |
| 2391 | #define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_32 0x0004 |
| 2392 | #define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_80 0x0005 |
| 2393 | #define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_32 0x0006 |
| 2394 | |
| 2395 | /* SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles enables SRTP for all SSL objects created from |
| 2396 | * |ctx|. |profile| contains a colon-separated list of profile names. It returns |
| 2397 | * one on success and zero on failure. */ |
| 2398 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2399 | const char *profiles); |
| 2400 | |
| 2401 | /* SSL_set_srtp_profiles enables SRTP for |ssl|. |profile| contains a |
| 2402 | * colon-separated list of profile names. It returns one on success and zero on |
| 2403 | * failure. */ |
| 2404 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_srtp_profiles(SSL *ssl, const char *profiles); |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 | /* SSL_get_srtp_profiles returns the SRTP profiles supported by |ssl|. */ |
| 2407 | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) *SSL_get_srtp_profiles( |
| 2408 | SSL *ssl); |
| 2409 | |
| 2410 | /* SSL_get_selected_srtp_profile returns the selected SRTP profile, or NULL if |
| 2411 | * SRTP was not negotiated. */ |
| 2412 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE *SSL_get_selected_srtp_profile( |
| 2413 | SSL *ssl); |
| 2414 | |
| 2415 | |
David Benjamin | e8814df | 2015-09-15 08:05:54 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2416 | /* Pre-shared keys. |
| 2417 | * |
| 2418 | * Connections may be configured with PSK (Pre-Shared Key) cipher suites. These |
| 2419 | * authenticate using out-of-band pre-shared keys rather than certificates. See |
| 2420 | * RFC 4279. |
| 2421 | * |
| 2422 | * This implementation uses NUL-terminated C strings for identities and identity |
| 2423 | * hints, so values with a NUL character are not supported. (RFC 4279 does not |
| 2424 | * specify the format of an identity.) */ |
| 2425 | |
| 2426 | /* PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN is the maximum supported length of a PSK identity, |
| 2427 | * excluding the NUL terminator. */ |
| 2428 | #define PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN 128 |
| 2429 | |
| 2430 | /* PSK_MAX_PSK_LEN is the maximum supported length of a pre-shared key. */ |
| 2431 | #define PSK_MAX_PSK_LEN 256 |
| 2432 | |
| 2433 | /* SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is |
| 2434 | * negotiated on the client. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher |
| 2435 | * suites on the client. |
| 2436 | * |
| 2437 | * The callback is passed the identity hint in |hint| or NULL if none was |
| 2438 | * provided. It should select a PSK identity and write the identity and the |
| 2439 | * corresponding PSK to |identity| and |psk|, respectively. The identity is |
| 2440 | * written as a NUL-terminated C string of length (excluding the NUL terminator) |
| 2441 | * at most |max_identity_len|. The PSK's length must be at most |max_psk_len|. |
| 2442 | * The callback returns the length of the PSK or 0 if no suitable identity was |
| 2443 | * found. */ |
| 2444 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback( |
| 2445 | SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2446 | unsigned (*psk_client_callback)( |
| 2447 | SSL *ssl, const char *hint, char *identity, |
| 2448 | unsigned max_identity_len, uint8_t *psk, unsigned max_psk_len)); |
| 2449 | |
| 2450 | /* SSL_set_psk_client_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is |
| 2451 | * negotiated on the client. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher |
| 2452 | * suites on the client. See also |SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback|. */ |
| 2453 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_psk_client_callback( |
| 2454 | SSL *ssl, unsigned (*psk_client_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, |
| 2455 | char *identity, |
| 2456 | unsigned max_identity_len, |
| 2457 | uint8_t *psk, |
| 2458 | unsigned max_psk_len)); |
| 2459 | |
| 2460 | /* SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is |
| 2461 | * negotiated on the server. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher |
| 2462 | * suites on the server. |
| 2463 | * |
| 2464 | * The callback is passed the identity in |identity|. It should write a PSK of |
| 2465 | * length at most |max_psk_len| to |psk| and return the number of bytes written |
| 2466 | * or zero if the PSK identity is unknown. */ |
| 2467 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback( |
| 2468 | SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2469 | unsigned (*psk_server_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, |
| 2470 | uint8_t *psk, |
| 2471 | unsigned max_psk_len)); |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 | /* SSL_set_psk_server_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is |
| 2474 | * negotiated on the server. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher |
| 2475 | * suites on the server. See also |SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback|. */ |
| 2476 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_psk_server_callback( |
| 2477 | SSL *ssl, |
| 2478 | unsigned (*psk_server_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, |
| 2479 | uint8_t *psk, |
| 2480 | unsigned max_psk_len)); |
| 2481 | |
| 2482 | /* SSL_CTX_use_psk_identity_hint configures server connections to advertise an |
| 2483 | * identity hint of |identity_hint|. It returns one on success and zero on |
| 2484 | * error. */ |
| 2485 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2486 | const char *identity_hint); |
| 2487 | |
| 2488 | /* SSL_use_psk_identity_hint configures server connections to advertise an |
| 2489 | * identity hint of |identity_hint|. It returns one on success and zero on |
| 2490 | * error. */ |
| 2491 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL *ssl, |
| 2492 | const char *identity_hint); |
| 2493 | |
| 2494 | /* SSL_get_psk_identity_hint returns the PSK identity hint advertised for |ssl| |
| 2495 | * or NULL if there is none. */ |
| 2496 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_psk_identity_hint(const SSL *ssl); |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 | /* SSL_get_psk_identity, after the handshake completes, returns the PSK identity |
| 2499 | * that was negotiated by |ssl| or NULL if PSK was not used. */ |
| 2500 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_psk_identity(const SSL *ssl); |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 | |
David Benjamin | c2ae53d | 2015-10-17 13:26:57 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2503 | /* Alerts. |
| 2504 | * |
| 2505 | * TLS and SSL 3.0 use alerts to signal error conditions. Alerts have a type |
| 2506 | * (warning or fatal) and description. OpenSSL internally handles fatal alerts |
| 2507 | * with dedicated error codes (see |SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET|). Except for |
| 2508 | * close_notify, warning alerts are silently ignored and may only be surfaced |
| 2509 | * with |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. */ |
| 2510 | |
| 2511 | /* SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET is the offset between error reasons and |SSL_AD_*| |
| 2512 | * values. Any error code under |ERR_LIB_SSL| with an error reason above this |
| 2513 | * value corresponds to an alert description. Consumers may add or subtract |
| 2514 | * |SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET| to convert between them. |
| 2515 | * |
| 2516 | * make_errors.go reserves error codes above 1000 for manually-assigned errors. |
| 2517 | * This value must be kept in sync with reservedReasonCode in make_errors.h */ |
| 2518 | #define SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET 1000 |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 | /* SSL_AD_* are alert descriptions for SSL 3.0 and TLS. */ |
| 2521 | #define SSL_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY SSL3_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY |
| 2522 | #define SSL_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE SSL3_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE |
| 2523 | #define SSL_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC SSL3_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC |
| 2524 | #define SSL_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED TLS1_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED |
| 2525 | #define SSL_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW TLS1_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW |
| 2526 | #define SSL_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE SSL3_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE |
| 2527 | #define SSL_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE SSL3_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE |
| 2528 | #define SSL_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE /* Not used in TLS */ |
| 2529 | #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE |
| 2530 | #define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE |
| 2531 | #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED |
| 2532 | #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED |
| 2533 | #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN |
| 2534 | #define SSL_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER SSL3_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER |
| 2535 | #define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_CA TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_CA |
| 2536 | #define SSL_AD_ACCESS_DENIED TLS1_AD_ACCESS_DENIED |
| 2537 | #define SSL_AD_DECODE_ERROR TLS1_AD_DECODE_ERROR |
| 2538 | #define SSL_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR TLS1_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR |
| 2539 | #define SSL_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION TLS1_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION |
| 2540 | #define SSL_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION TLS1_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION |
| 2541 | #define SSL_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY TLS1_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY |
| 2542 | #define SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR TLS1_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR |
| 2543 | #define SSL_AD_USER_CANCELLED TLS1_AD_USER_CANCELLED |
| 2544 | #define SSL_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION TLS1_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION |
| 2545 | #define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION TLS1_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION |
| 2546 | #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE TLS1_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE |
| 2547 | #define SSL_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME TLS1_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME |
| 2548 | #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE \ |
| 2549 | TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE |
| 2550 | #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE |
| 2551 | #define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY |
| 2552 | #define SSL_AD_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK SSL3_AD_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK |
| 2553 | |
| 2554 | /* SSL_alert_type_string_long returns a string description of |value| as an |
| 2555 | * alert type (warning or fatal). */ |
| 2556 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_type_string_long(int value); |
| 2557 | |
| 2558 | /* SSL_alert_desc_string_long returns a string description of |value| as an |
| 2559 | * alert description or "unknown" if unknown. */ |
| 2560 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_desc_string_long(int value); |
| 2561 | |
| 2562 | |
David Benjamin | 190ab7f | 2015-09-13 14:20:58 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2563 | /* ex_data functions. |
| 2564 | * |
| 2565 | * See |ex_data.h| for details. */ |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_ex_data(SSL *ssl, int idx, void *data); |
| 2568 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_get_ex_data(const SSL *ssl, int idx); |
| 2569 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, |
| 2570 | CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func, |
| 2571 | CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, |
| 2572 | CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); |
| 2573 | |
| 2574 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(SSL_SESSION *session, int idx, |
| 2575 | void *data); |
| 2576 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(const SSL_SESSION *session, |
| 2577 | int idx); |
| 2578 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, |
| 2579 | CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func, |
| 2580 | CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, |
| 2581 | CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); |
| 2582 | |
| 2583 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(SSL_CTX *ctx, int idx, void *data); |
| 2584 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(const SSL_CTX *ctx, int idx); |
| 2585 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, |
| 2586 | CRYPTO_EX_new *new_func, |
| 2587 | CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_func, |
| 2588 | CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); |
| 2589 | |
| 2590 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2591 | /* Obscure functions. */ |
| 2592 | |
| 2593 | /* SSL_get_rc4_state sets |*read_key| and |*write_key| to the RC4 states for |
| 2594 | * the read and write directions. It returns one on success or zero if |ssl| |
| 2595 | * isn't using an RC4-based cipher suite. */ |
| 2596 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_rc4_state(const SSL *ssl, const RC4_KEY **read_key, |
| 2597 | const RC4_KEY **write_key); |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 | /* SSL_get_structure_sizes returns the sizes of the SSL, SSL_CTX and |
| 2600 | * SSL_SESSION structures so that a test can ensure that outside code agrees on |
| 2601 | * these values. */ |
| 2602 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get_structure_sizes(size_t *ssl_size, |
| 2603 | size_t *ssl_ctx_size, |
| 2604 | size_t *ssl_session_size); |
| 2605 | |
David Benjamin | 0cfea34 | 2015-09-19 16:23:06 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2606 | /* SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback installs |cb| as the message callback for |ctx|. |
| 2607 | * This callback will be called when sending or receiving low-level record |
| 2608 | * headers, complete handshake messages, ChangeCipherSpec, and alerts. |
| 2609 | * |write_p| is one for outgoing messages and zero for incoming messages. |
| 2610 | * |
| 2611 | * For each record header, |cb| is called with |version| = 0 and |content_type| |
| 2612 | * = |SSL3_RT_HEADER|. The |len| bytes from |buf| contain the header. Note that |
| 2613 | * this does not include the record body. If the record is sealed, the length |
| 2614 | * in the header is the length of the ciphertext. |
| 2615 | * |
| 2616 | * For each handshake message, ChangeCipherSpec, and alert, |version| is the |
| 2617 | * protocol version and |content_type| is the corresponding record type. The |
| 2618 | * |len| bytes from |buf| contain the handshake message, one-byte |
| 2619 | * ChangeCipherSpec body, and two-byte alert, respectively. */ |
| 2620 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback( |
| 2621 | SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(int write_p, int version, int content_type, |
| 2622 | const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg)); |
| 2623 | |
| 2624 | /* SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg sets the |arg| parameter of the message |
| 2625 | * callback. */ |
| 2626 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg); |
| 2627 | |
| 2628 | /* SSL_set_msg_callback installs |cb| as the message callback of |ssl|. See |
| 2629 | * |SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback| for when this callback is called. */ |
| 2630 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_msg_callback( |
| 2631 | SSL *ssl, void (*cb)(int write_p, int version, int content_type, |
| 2632 | const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg)); |
| 2633 | |
| 2634 | /* SSL_set_msg_callback_arg sets the |arg| parameter of the message callback. */ |
| 2635 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_msg_callback_arg(SSL *ssl, void *arg); |
| 2636 | |
| 2637 | /* SSL_CTX_set_keylog_bio sets configures all SSL objects attached to |ctx| to |
| 2638 | * log session material to |keylog_bio|. This is intended for debugging use |
| 2639 | * with tools like Wireshark. |ctx| takes ownership of |keylog_bio|. |
| 2640 | * |
| 2641 | * The format is described in |
| 2642 | * https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Mozilla/Projects/NSS/Key_Log_Format. */ |
| 2643 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_keylog_bio(SSL_CTX *ctx, BIO *keylog_bio); |
| 2644 | |
David Benjamin | 1d5ef3b | 2015-10-12 19:54:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2645 | enum ssl_renegotiate_mode_t { |
| 2646 | ssl_renegotiate_never = 0, |
| 2647 | ssl_renegotiate_once, |
| 2648 | ssl_renegotiate_freely, |
| 2649 | }; |
| 2650 | |
| 2651 | /* SSL_set_renegotiate_mode configures how |ssl|, a client, reacts to |
| 2652 | * renegotiation attempts by a server. If |ssl| is a server, peer-initiated |
| 2653 | * renegotiations are *always* rejected and this function does nothing. |
| 2654 | * |
| 2655 | * The renegotiation mode defaults to |ssl_renegotiate_never|, but may be set |
| 2656 | * at any point in a connection's lifetime. Set it to |ssl_renegotiate_once| to |
| 2657 | * allow one renegotiation and |ssl_renegotiate_freely| to allow all |
| 2658 | * renegotiations. |
| 2659 | * |
| 2660 | * There is no support in BoringSSL for initiating renegotiations as a client |
| 2661 | * or server. */ |
| 2662 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_renegotiate_mode(SSL *ssl, |
| 2663 | enum ssl_renegotiate_mode_t mode); |
David Benjamin | 0cfea34 | 2015-09-19 16:23:06 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2664 | |
David Benjamin | cef1eb4 | 2015-10-17 19:47:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2665 | /* SSL_renegotiate_pending returns one if |ssl| is in the middle of a |
| 2666 | * renegotiation. */ |
| 2667 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_renegotiate_pending(SSL *ssl); |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 | /* SSL_total_renegotiations returns the total number of renegotiation handshakes |
| 2670 | * peformed by |ssl|. This includes the pending renegotiation, if any. */ |
| 2671 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_total_renegotiations(const SSL *ssl); |
| 2672 | |
David Benjamin | 9f85949 | 2015-10-03 10:44:30 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2673 | /* SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT is the default maximum length, in bytes, of a peer |
| 2674 | * certificate chain. */ |
| 2675 | #define SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT 1024 * 100 |
| 2676 | |
| 2677 | /* SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list returns the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer |
| 2678 | * certificate chain accepted by |ctx|. */ |
| 2679 | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 | /* SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list sets the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer |
| 2682 | * certificate chain to |max_cert_list|. This affects how much memory may be |
| 2683 | * consumed during the handshake. */ |
| 2684 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2685 | size_t max_cert_list); |
| 2686 | |
| 2687 | /* SSL_get_max_cert_list returns the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer |
| 2688 | * certificate chain accepted by |ssl|. */ |
| 2689 | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_max_cert_list(const SSL *ssl); |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 | /* SSL_set_max_cert_list sets the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer |
| 2692 | * certificate chain to |max_cert_list|. This affects how much memory may be |
| 2693 | * consumed during the handshake. */ |
| 2694 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_max_cert_list(SSL *ssl, size_t max_cert_list); |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 | /* SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment sets the maximum length, in bytes, of records |
| 2697 | * sent by |ctx|. Beyond this length, handshake messages and application data |
| 2698 | * will be split into multiple records. */ |
| 2699 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 2700 | size_t max_send_fragment); |
| 2701 | |
| 2702 | /* SSL_set_max_send_fragment sets the maximum length, in bytes, of records |
| 2703 | * sent by |ssl|. Beyond this length, handshake messages and application data |
| 2704 | * will be split into multiple records. */ |
| 2705 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_max_send_fragment(SSL *ssl, |
| 2706 | size_t max_send_fragment); |
| 2707 | |
David Benjamin | cfdee21 | 2015-10-16 22:45:17 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2708 | /* OPENSSL_get_big_buffer_use_count returns the total number of invalid TLS |
| 2709 | * records that were accepted because of |SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_BIG_SSLV3_BUFFER|. |
| 2710 | * |
| 2711 | * TODO(davidben): Remove this when (hopefully!) the quirk is demonstrated to be |
| 2712 | * unnecessary. */ |
| 2713 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t OPENSSL_get_big_buffer_use_count(void); |
| 2714 | |
| 2715 | /* OPENSSL_get_d5_bug_use_count returns the total number of invalid RSA |
| 2716 | * ClientKeyExchanges that were accepted because of |SSL_OP_TLS_D5_BUG|. |
| 2717 | * |
| 2718 | * TODO(davidben): Remove this when (hopefully!) the quirk is demonstrated to be |
| 2719 | * unnecessary. */ |
| 2720 | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t OPENSSL_get_d5_bug_use_count(void); |
| 2721 | |
David Benjamin | d4c2bce | 2015-10-17 12:28:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2722 | /* ssl_early_callback_ctx is passed to certain callbacks that are called very |
| 2723 | * early on during the server handshake. At this point, much of the SSL* hasn't |
| 2724 | * been filled out and only the ClientHello can be depended on. */ |
| 2725 | struct ssl_early_callback_ctx { |
| 2726 | SSL *ssl; |
| 2727 | const uint8_t *client_hello; |
| 2728 | size_t client_hello_len; |
| 2729 | const uint8_t *session_id; |
| 2730 | size_t session_id_len; |
| 2731 | const uint8_t *cipher_suites; |
| 2732 | size_t cipher_suites_len; |
| 2733 | const uint8_t *compression_methods; |
| 2734 | size_t compression_methods_len; |
| 2735 | const uint8_t *extensions; |
| 2736 | size_t extensions_len; |
| 2737 | }; |
| 2738 | |
| 2739 | /* SSL_early_callback_ctx_extension_get searches the extensions in |ctx| for an |
| 2740 | * extension of the given type. If not found, it returns zero. Otherwise it |
| 2741 | * sets |out_data| to point to the extension contents (not including the type |
| 2742 | * and length bytes), sets |out_len| to the length of the extension contents |
| 2743 | * and returns one. */ |
| 2744 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_early_callback_ctx_extension_get( |
| 2745 | const struct ssl_early_callback_ctx *ctx, uint16_t extension_type, |
| 2746 | const uint8_t **out_data, size_t *out_len); |
| 2747 | |
| 2748 | /* SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb sets a callback that is called before most |
| 2749 | * ClientHello processing and before the decision whether to resume a session |
| 2750 | * is made. The callback may inspect the ClientHello and configure the |
| 2751 | * connection. It may then return one to continue the handshake or zero to |
| 2752 | * pause the handshake to perform an asynchronous operation. If paused, |
| 2753 | * |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE|. |
| 2754 | * |
| 2755 | * Note: The |ssl_early_callback_ctx| is only valid for the duration of the |
| 2756 | * callback and is not valid while the handshake is paused. Further, unlike with |
| 2757 | * most callbacks, when the handshake loop is resumed, it will not call the |
| 2758 | * callback a second time. The caller must finish reconfiguring the connection |
| 2759 | * before resuming the handshake. */ |
| 2760 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb( |
| 2761 | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(const struct ssl_early_callback_ctx *)); |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 | /* SSL_CTX_set_dos_protection_cb sets a callback that is called once the |
| 2764 | * resumption decision for a ClientHello has been made. It can return one to |
| 2765 | * allow the handshake to continue or zero to cause the handshake to abort. */ |
| 2766 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_dos_protection_cb( |
| 2767 | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(const struct ssl_early_callback_ctx *)); |
| 2768 | |
David Benjamin | 8217024 | 2015-10-17 22:51:17 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2769 | /* SSL_ST_* are possible values for |SSL_state| and the bitmasks that make them |
| 2770 | * up. */ |
| 2771 | #define SSL_ST_CONNECT 0x1000 |
| 2772 | #define SSL_ST_ACCEPT 0x2000 |
| 2773 | #define SSL_ST_MASK 0x0FFF |
| 2774 | #define SSL_ST_INIT (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_ST_ACCEPT) |
| 2775 | #define SSL_ST_OK 0x03 |
| 2776 | #define SSL_ST_RENEGOTIATE (0x04 | SSL_ST_INIT) |
| 2777 | |
| 2778 | /* SSL_CB_* are possible values for the |type| parameter in the info |
| 2779 | * callback and the bitmasks that make them up. */ |
| 2780 | #define SSL_CB_LOOP 0x01 |
| 2781 | #define SSL_CB_EXIT 0x02 |
| 2782 | #define SSL_CB_READ 0x04 |
| 2783 | #define SSL_CB_WRITE 0x08 |
| 2784 | #define SSL_CB_ALERT 0x4000 |
| 2785 | #define SSL_CB_READ_ALERT (SSL_CB_ALERT | SSL_CB_READ) |
| 2786 | #define SSL_CB_WRITE_ALERT (SSL_CB_ALERT | SSL_CB_WRITE) |
| 2787 | #define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_LOOP (SSL_ST_ACCEPT | SSL_CB_LOOP) |
| 2788 | #define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT (SSL_ST_ACCEPT | SSL_CB_EXIT) |
| 2789 | #define SSL_CB_CONNECT_LOOP (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_CB_LOOP) |
| 2790 | #define SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_CB_EXIT) |
| 2791 | #define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_START 0x10 |
| 2792 | #define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE 0x20 |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 | /* SSL_set_info_callback configures a callback to be run when various events |
| 2795 | * occur during a connection's lifetime. The |type| argumentj determines the |
| 2796 | * type of event and the meaning of the |value| argument. Callbacks must ignore |
| 2797 | * unexpected |type| values. |
| 2798 | * |
| 2799 | * |SSL_CB_READ_ALERT| is signaled for each alert received, warning or fatal. |
| 2800 | * The |value| argument is a 16-bit value where the alert level (either |
| 2801 | * |SSL3_AL_WARNING| or |SSL3_AL_FATAL|) is in the most-significant eight bits and |
| 2802 | * the alert type (one of |SSL_AD_*|) is in the least-significant eight. |
| 2803 | * |
| 2804 | * |SSL_CB_WRITE_ALERT| is signaled for each alert sent. The |value| argument |
| 2805 | * is constructed as with |SSL_CB_READ_ALERT|. |
| 2806 | * |
| 2807 | * |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_START| is signaled when a handshake begins. The |value| |
| 2808 | * argument is always one. |
| 2809 | * |
| 2810 | * |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE| is signaled when a handshake completes successfully. |
| 2811 | * The |value| argument is always one. If a handshake False Starts, this event |
| 2812 | * may be used to determine when the Finished message is received. |
| 2813 | * |
| 2814 | * The following event types expose implementation details of the handshake |
| 2815 | * state machine. Consuming them is deprecated. |
| 2816 | * |
| 2817 | * |SSL_CB_ACCEPT_LOOP| (respectively, |SSL_CB_CONNECT_LOOP|) is signaled when |
| 2818 | * a server (respectively, client) handshake progresses. The |value| argument |
| 2819 | * is always one. For the duration of the callback, |SSL_state| will return the |
| 2820 | * previous state. |
| 2821 | * |
| 2822 | * |SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT| (respectively, |SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT|) is signaled when |
| 2823 | * a server (respectively, client) handshake completes, fails, or is paused. |
| 2824 | * The |value| argument is one if the handshake succeeded and <= 0 |
| 2825 | * otherwise. */ |
| 2826 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_info_callback( |
| 2827 | SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, int type, int value)); |
| 2828 | |
| 2829 | /* SSL_CTX_get_info_callback returns the callback set by |
| 2830 | * |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. */ |
| 2831 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_get_info_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx))(const SSL *ssl, |
| 2832 | int type, |
| 2833 | int value); |
| 2834 | |
| 2835 | /* SSL_set_info_callback configures a callback to be run at various events |
| 2836 | * during a connection's lifetime. See |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. */ |
| 2837 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_info_callback( |
| 2838 | SSL *ssl, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, int type, int value)); |
| 2839 | |
| 2840 | /* SSL_get_info_callback returns the callback set by |SSL_set_info_callback|. */ |
| 2841 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_get_info_callback(const SSL *ssl))(const SSL *ssl, |
| 2842 | int type, |
| 2843 | int value); |
| 2844 | |
David Benjamin | 63006a9 | 2015-10-18 00:00:06 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2845 | /* SSL_state_string_long returns the current state of the handshake state |
| 2846 | * machine as a string. This may be useful for debugging and logging. */ |
| 2847 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_state_string_long(const SSL *ssl); |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2848 | |
David Benjamin | 63006a9 | 2015-10-18 00:00:06 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2849 | /* SSL_set_SSL_CTX partially changes |ssl|'s |SSL_CTX|. |ssl| will use the |
| 2850 | * certificate and session_id_context from |ctx|, and |SSL_get_SSL_CTX| will |
| 2851 | * report |ctx|. However most settings and the session cache itself will |
| 2852 | * continue to use the initial |SSL_CTX|. It is often used as part of SNI. |
David Benjamin | 71f0794 | 2015-04-08 02:36:59 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2853 | * |
David Benjamin | 63006a9 | 2015-10-18 00:00:06 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2854 | * TODO(davidben): Make a better story here and get rid of this API. Also |
| 2855 | * determine if there's anything else affected by |SSL_set_SSL_CTX| that |
| 2856 | * matters. Not as many values are affected as one might initially think. The |
| 2857 | * session cache explicitly selects the initial |SSL_CTX|. Most settings are |
| 2858 | * copied at |SSL_new| so |ctx|'s versions don't apply. This, notably, has some |
| 2859 | * consequences for any plans to make |SSL| copy-on-write most of its |
| 2860 | * configuration. */ |
| 2861 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_set_SSL_CTX(SSL *ssl, SSL_CTX *ctx); |
David Benjamin | 71f0794 | 2015-04-08 02:36:59 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2862 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2863 | #define SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN 1 |
| 2864 | #define SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN 2 |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2865 | |
David Benjamin | 63006a9 | 2015-10-18 00:00:06 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2866 | /* SSL_get_shutdown returns a bitmask with a subset of |SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN| and |
| 2867 | * |SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN| to query whether close_notify was sent or received, |
| 2868 | * respectively. */ |
Adam Langley | eb7d2ed | 2014-07-30 16:02:14 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2869 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_shutdown(const SSL *ssl); |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2870 | |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2871 | |
David Benjamin | 71f0794 | 2015-04-08 02:36:59 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 | /* Deprecated functions. */ |
| 2873 | |
David Benjamin | 7a1eefd | 2015-10-17 23:39:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2874 | /* SSL_library_init calls |CRYPTO_library_init| and returns one. */ |
| 2875 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_library_init(void); |
| 2876 | |
David Benjamin | 1d5ef3b | 2015-10-12 19:54:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2877 | /* SSL_set_reject_peer_renegotiations calls |SSL_set_renegotiate_mode| with |
| 2878 | * |ssl_never_renegotiate| if |reject| is one and |ssl_renegotiate_freely| if |
| 2879 | * zero. */ |
| 2880 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_reject_peer_renegotiations(SSL *ssl, int reject); |
| 2881 | |
David Benjamin | 71f0794 | 2015-04-08 02:36:59 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 | /* SSL_CIPHER_description writes a description of |cipher| into |buf| and |
| 2883 | * returns |buf|. If |buf| is NULL, it returns a newly allocated string, to be |
| 2884 | * freed with |OPENSSL_free|, or NULL on error. |
| 2885 | * |
| 2886 | * The description includes a trailing newline and has the form: |
| 2887 | * AES128-SHA SSLv3 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=AES(128) Mac=SHA1 |
| 2888 | * |
| 2889 | * Consider |SSL_CIPHER_get_name| or |SSL_CIPHER_get_rfc_name| instead. */ |
| 2890 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_description(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, |
| 2891 | char *buf, int len); |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 | /* SSL_CIPHER_get_version returns the string "TLSv1/SSLv3". */ |
| 2894 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); |
| 2895 | |
David Benjamin | 3fb1ebc | 2015-09-16 00:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2896 | typedef void COMP_METHOD; |
| 2897 | |
David Benjamin | 71f0794 | 2015-04-08 02:36:59 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2898 | /* SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods returns NULL. */ |
Matt Braithwaite | 6a1275b | 2015-06-26 12:09:10 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2899 | OPENSSL_EXPORT COMP_METHOD *SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods(void); |
David Benjamin | 71f0794 | 2015-04-08 02:36:59 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2900 | |
| 2901 | /* SSL_COMP_add_compression_method returns one. */ |
Matt Braithwaite | 6a1275b | 2015-06-26 12:09:10 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2902 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_COMP_add_compression_method(int id, COMP_METHOD *cm); |
David Benjamin | 71f0794 | 2015-04-08 02:36:59 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2903 | |
| 2904 | /* SSL_COMP_get_name returns NULL. */ |
Matt Braithwaite | 6a1275b | 2015-06-26 12:09:10 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2905 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_COMP_get_name(const COMP_METHOD *comp); |
David Benjamin | 71f0794 | 2015-04-08 02:36:59 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2906 | |
David Benjamin | 0d8a758 | 2015-04-08 23:55:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2907 | /* SSLv23_method calls |TLS_method|. */ |
| 2908 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_method(void); |
| 2909 | |
| 2910 | /* Version-specific methods behave exactly like |TLS_method| and |DTLS_method| |
| 2911 | * except they also call |SSL_CTX_set_min_version| and |SSL_CTX_set_max_version| |
| 2912 | * to lock connections to that protocol version. */ |
| 2913 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv3_method(void); |
| 2914 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_method(void); |
| 2915 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_method(void); |
| 2916 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_method(void); |
| 2917 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_method(void); |
| 2918 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_method(void); |
| 2919 | |
| 2920 | /* Client- and server-specific methods call their corresponding generic |
| 2921 | * methods. */ |
| 2922 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_server_method(void); |
| 2923 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_client_method(void); |
| 2924 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv3_server_method(void); |
| 2925 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv3_client_method(void); |
| 2926 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_server_method(void); |
| 2927 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_client_method(void); |
| 2928 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_server_method(void); |
| 2929 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_client_method(void); |
| 2930 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_server_method(void); |
| 2931 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_client_method(void); |
| 2932 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_server_method(void); |
| 2933 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_client_method(void); |
| 2934 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_server_method(void); |
| 2935 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_client_method(void); |
| 2936 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_server_method(void); |
| 2937 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_client_method(void); |
| 2938 | |
David Benjamin | 4831c33 | 2015-05-16 11:43:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2939 | /* SSL_clear resets |ssl| to allow another connection and returns one on success |
| 2940 | * or zero on failure. It returns most configuration state but releases memory |
| 2941 | * associated with the current connection. |
| 2942 | * |
| 2943 | * Free |ssl| and create a new one instead. */ |
| 2944 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_clear(SSL *ssl); |
| 2945 | |
David Benjamin | 59015c3 | 2015-04-26 13:13:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2946 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback does nothing. */ |
| 2947 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback( |
| 2948 | SSL_CTX *ctx, RSA *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength)); |
David Benjamin | dd97878 | 2015-04-24 15:20:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2949 | |
David Benjamin | 59015c3 | 2015-04-26 13:13:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2950 | /* SSL_set_tmp_rsa_callback does nothing. */ |
| 2951 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tmp_rsa_callback(SSL *ssl, |
| 2952 | RSA *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, |
| 2953 | int keylength)); |
David Benjamin | dd97878 | 2015-04-24 15:20:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2954 | |
David Benjamin | da881e9 | 2015-04-26 14:45:04 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2955 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_connect returns zero. */ |
| 2956 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2957 | |
| 2958 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good returns zero. */ |
| 2959 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate returns zero. */ |
| 2962 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2963 | |
| 2964 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_accept returns zero. */ |
| 2965 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2966 | |
| 2967 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate returns zero. */ |
| 2968 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good returns zero. */ |
| 2971 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2972 | |
| 2973 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_hits returns zero. */ |
| 2974 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_hits(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2975 | |
| 2976 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits returns zero. */ |
| 2977 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2978 | |
| 2979 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_misses returns zero. */ |
| 2980 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_misses(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2981 | |
| 2982 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts returns zero. */ |
| 2983 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2984 | |
| 2985 | /* SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full returns zero. */ |
| 2986 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2987 | |
David Benjamin | 101ead2 | 2015-04-26 18:36:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2988 | /* SSL_cutthrough_complete calls |SSL_in_false_start|. */ |
| 2989 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_cutthrough_complete(const SSL *s); |
| 2990 | |
David Benjamin | c045469 | 2015-04-27 00:28:56 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2991 | /* SSL_num_renegotiations calls |SSL_total_renegotiations|. */ |
| 2992 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_num_renegotiations(const SSL *ssl); |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 | /* SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA returns zero. */ |
| 2995 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 | /* SSL_need_tmp_RSA returns zero. */ |
| 2998 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_need_tmp_RSA(const SSL *ssl); |
| 2999 | |
| 3000 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa returns one. */ |
| 3001 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa(SSL_CTX *ctx, const RSA *rsa); |
| 3002 | |
| 3003 | /* SSL_set_tmp_rsa returns one. */ |
| 3004 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_rsa(SSL *ssl, const RSA *rsa); |
| 3005 | |
Kenny Root | 3a9e1fb | 2015-06-10 14:52:40 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3006 | /* SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead returns zero. */ |
David Benjamin | 9a41d1b | 2015-05-16 01:30:09 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3007 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead(const SSL_CTX *ctx); |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 | /* SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead does nothing. */ |
| 3010 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead(SSL_CTX *ctx, int yes); |
| 3011 | |
Kenny Root | 3a9e1fb | 2015-06-10 14:52:40 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3012 | /* SSL_get_read_ahead returns zero. */ |
David Benjamin | 9a41d1b | 2015-05-16 01:30:09 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3013 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_read_ahead(const SSL *s); |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 | /* SSL_set_read_ahead does nothing. */ |
| 3016 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_read_ahead(SSL *s, int yes); |
| 3017 | |
David Benjamin | 44d3eed | 2015-05-21 01:29:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3018 | /* SSL_renegotiate put an error on the error queue and returns zero. */ |
| 3019 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_renegotiate(SSL *ssl); |
| 3020 | |
David Benjamin | ece089c | 2015-05-15 23:52:42 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3021 | /* SSL_set_state does nothing. */ |
| 3022 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_state(SSL *ssl, int state); |
| 3023 | |
David Benjamin | 7e40d4e | 2015-09-07 13:17:45 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3024 | /* SSL_MODE_HANDSHAKE_CUTTHROUGH is the same as SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START. */ |
| 3025 | #define SSL_MODE_HANDSHAKE_CUTTHROUGH SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 | /* i2d_SSL_SESSION serializes |in| to the bytes pointed to by |*pp|. On success, |
| 3028 | * it returns the number of bytes written and advances |*pp| by that many bytes. |
| 3029 | * On failure, it returns -1. If |pp| is NULL, no bytes are written and only the |
| 3030 | * length is returned. |
| 3031 | * |
| 3032 | * Use |SSL_SESSION_to_bytes| instead. */ |
| 3033 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int i2d_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION *in, uint8_t **pp); |
| 3034 | |
| 3035 | /* d2i_SSL_SESSION parses a serialized session from the |length| bytes pointed |
| 3036 | * to by |*pp|. It returns the new |SSL_SESSION| and advances |*pp| by the |
| 3037 | * number of bytes consumed on success and NULL on failure. The caller takes |
| 3038 | * ownership of the new session and must call |SSL_SESSION_free| when done. |
| 3039 | * |
| 3040 | * If |a| is non-NULL, |*a| is released and set the new |SSL_SESSION|. |
| 3041 | * |
| 3042 | * Use |SSL_SESSION_from_bytes| instead. */ |
| 3043 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *d2i_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION **a, const uint8_t **pp, |
| 3044 | long length); |
| 3045 | |
David Benjamin | 7227990 | 2015-10-17 22:15:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3046 | /* i2d_SSL_SESSION_bio serializes |session| and writes the result to |bio|. It |
| 3047 | * returns the number of bytes written on success and <= 0 on error. */ |
| 3048 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int i2d_SSL_SESSION_bio(BIO *bio, const SSL_SESSION *session); |
| 3049 | |
| 3050 | /* d2i_SSL_SESSION_bio reads a serialized |SSL_SESSION| from |bio| and returns a |
| 3051 | * newly-allocated |SSL_SESSION| or NULL on error. If |out| is not NULL, it also |
| 3052 | * frees |*out| and sets |*out| to the new |SSL_SESSION|. */ |
| 3053 | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *d2i_SSL_SESSION_bio(BIO *bio, SSL_SESSION **out); |
| 3054 | |
David Benjamin | 27bbae4 | 2015-09-13 00:54:37 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3055 | /* ERR_load_SSL_strings does nothing. */ |
| 3056 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void ERR_load_SSL_strings(void); |
| 3057 | |
| 3058 | /* SSL_load_error_strings does nothing. */ |
| 3059 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_load_error_strings(void); |
| 3060 | |
David Benjamin | cfd65b6 | 2015-09-14 01:54:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3061 | /* SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_use_srtp calls |SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles|. It returns |
| 3062 | * zero on success and one on failure. |
| 3063 | * |
| 3064 | * WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value |
| 3065 | * convention. Use |SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles| instead. */ |
| 3066 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 3067 | const char *profiles); |
| 3068 | |
| 3069 | /* SSL_set_tlsext_use_srtp calls |SSL_set_srtp_profiles|. It returns zero on |
| 3070 | * success and one on failure. |
| 3071 | * |
| 3072 | * WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value |
| 3073 | * convention. Use |SSL_set_srtp_profiles| instead. */ |
| 3074 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL *ssl, const char *profiles); |
| 3075 | |
David Benjamin | 3fb1ebc | 2015-09-16 00:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3076 | /* SSL_get_current_compression returns NULL. */ |
| 3077 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_compression(SSL *s); |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | /* SSL_get_current_expansion returns NULL. */ |
| 3080 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_expansion(SSL *s); |
| 3081 | |
| 3082 | #define SSL_set_app_data(s, arg) (SSL_set_ex_data(s, 0, (char *)arg)) |
| 3083 | #define SSL_get_app_data(s) (SSL_get_ex_data(s, 0)) |
| 3084 | #define SSL_SESSION_set_app_data(s, a) \ |
| 3085 | (SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(s, 0, (char *)a)) |
| 3086 | #define SSL_SESSION_get_app_data(s) (SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(s, 0)) |
| 3087 | #define SSL_CTX_get_app_data(ctx) (SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(ctx, 0)) |
| 3088 | #define SSL_CTX_set_app_data(ctx, arg) \ |
| 3089 | (SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(ctx, 0, (char *)arg)) |
| 3090 | |
| 3091 | #define OpenSSL_add_ssl_algorithms() SSL_library_init() |
| 3092 | #define SSLeay_add_ssl_algorithms() SSL_library_init() |
| 3093 | |
| 3094 | #define SSL_get_cipher(ssl) SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl)) |
| 3095 | #define SSL_get_cipher_bits(ssl, out_alg_bits) \ |
| 3096 | SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl), out_alg_bits) |
| 3097 | #define SSL_get_cipher_version(ssl) \ |
| 3098 | SSL_CIPHER_get_version(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl)) |
| 3099 | #define SSL_get_cipher_name(ssl) \ |
| 3100 | SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl)) |
| 3101 | #define SSL_get_time(session) SSL_SESSION_get_time(session) |
| 3102 | #define SSL_set_time(session, time) SSL_SESSION_set_time((session), (time)) |
| 3103 | #define SSL_get_timeout(session) SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(session) |
| 3104 | #define SSL_set_timeout(session, timeout) \ |
| 3105 | SSL_SESSION_set_timeout((session), (timeout)) |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 | typedef struct ssl_comp_st SSL_COMP; |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 | struct ssl_comp_st { |
| 3110 | int id; |
| 3111 | const char *name; |
| 3112 | char *method; |
| 3113 | }; |
| 3114 | |
| 3115 | DECLARE_STACK_OF(SSL_COMP) |
| 3116 | |
| 3117 | /* The following flags toggle individual protocol versions. This is deprecated. |
| 3118 | * Use |SSL_CTX_set_min_version| and |SSL_CTX_set_max_version| instead. */ |
| 3119 | #define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv3 0x02000000L |
| 3120 | #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1 0x04000000L |
| 3121 | #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2 0x08000000L |
| 3122 | #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_1 0x10000000L |
| 3123 | #define SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1 SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1 |
| 3124 | #define SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1_2 SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2 |
| 3125 | |
| 3126 | /* The following flags do nothing and are included only to make it easier to |
| 3127 | * compile code with BoringSSL. */ |
David Benjamin | 907bd30 | 2015-09-19 13:29:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3128 | #define SSL_MODE_AUTO_RETRY 0 |
| 3129 | #define SSL_MODE_RELEASE_BUFFERS 0 |
| 3130 | #define SSL_MODE_SEND_CLIENTHELLO_TIME 0 |
| 3131 | #define SSL_MODE_SEND_SERVERHELLO_TIME 0 |
David Benjamin | 3fb1ebc | 2015-09-16 00:29:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3132 | #define SSL_OP_ALLOW_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION 0 |
| 3133 | #define SSL_OP_DONT_INSERT_EMPTY_FRAGMENTS 0 |
| 3134 | #define SSL_OP_EPHEMERAL_RSA 0 |
| 3135 | #define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_SESS_ID_BUG 0 |
| 3136 | #define SSL_OP_MSIE_SSLV2_RSA_PADDING 0 |
| 3137 | #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CA_DN_BUG 0 |
| 3138 | #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CHALLENGE_BUG 0 |
| 3139 | #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_DEMO_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG 0 |
| 3140 | #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_REUSE_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG 0 |
| 3141 | #define SSL_OP_NO_COMPRESSION 0 |
| 3142 | #define SSL_OP_NO_SESSION_RESUMPTION_ON_RENEGOTIATION 0 |
| 3143 | #define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 0 |
| 3144 | #define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_1 0 |
| 3145 | #define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_2 0 |
| 3146 | #define SSL_OP_SINGLE_DH_USE 0 |
| 3147 | #define SSL_OP_SINGLE_ECDH_USE 0 |
| 3148 | #define SSL_OP_SSLEAY_080_CLIENT_DH_BUG 0 |
| 3149 | #define SSL_OP_SSLREF2_REUSE_CERT_TYPE_BUG 0 |
| 3150 | #define SSL_OP_TLS_BLOCK_PADDING_BUG 0 |
| 3151 | #define SSL_OP_TLS_ROLLBACK_BUG 0 |
David Benjamin | 5993704 | 2015-09-19 13:04:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3152 | #define SSL_VERIFY_CLIENT_ONCE 0 |
| 3153 | |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3154 | /* SSL_cache_hit calls |SSL_session_resumed|. */ |
| 3155 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_cache_hit(SSL *ssl); |
| 3156 | |
| 3157 | /* SSL_get_default_timeout returns |SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT|. */ |
| 3158 | OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_get_default_timeout(const SSL *ssl); |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 | /* SSL_get_version returns a string describing the TLS version used by |ssl|. |
| 3161 | * For example, "TLSv1.2" or "SSLv3". */ |
| 3162 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_version(const SSL *ssl); |
| 3163 | |
David Benjamin | 32876b3 | 2015-09-20 12:17:03 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3164 | /* SSL_get_cipher_list returns the name of the |n|th cipher in the output of |
| 3165 | * |SSL_get_ciphers| or NULL if out of range. Use |SSL_get_ciphers| insteads. */ |
| 3166 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_cipher_list(const SSL *ssl, int n); |
| 3167 | |
David Benjamin | fd8e69f | 2015-10-03 10:49:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3168 | /* SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb sets a callback which is called on the client if |
| 3169 | * the server requests a client certificate and none is configured. On success, |
| 3170 | * the callback should return one and set |*out_x509| to |*out_pkey| to a leaf |
| 3171 | * certificate and private key, respectively, passing ownership. It should |
| 3172 | * return zero to send no certificate and -1 to fail or pause the handshake. If |
| 3173 | * the handshake is paused, |SSL_get_error| will return |
| 3174 | * |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|. |
| 3175 | * |
| 3176 | * The callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and |
| 3177 | * |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate request. |
| 3178 | * |
| 3179 | * Use |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| instead. Configuring intermediate certificates with |
| 3180 | * this function is confusing. */ |
| 3181 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb( |
| 3182 | SSL_CTX *ctx, |
| 3183 | int (*client_cert_cb)(SSL *ssl, X509 **out_x509, EVP_PKEY **out_pkey)); |
| 3184 | |
| 3185 | /* SSL_CTX_get_client_cert_cb returns the callback set by |
| 3186 | * |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb|. */ |
| 3187 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_CTX_get_client_cert_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( |
| 3188 | SSL *ssl, X509 **out_x509, EVP_PKEY **out_pkey); |
| 3189 | |
David Benjamin | 93d1749 | 2015-10-17 12:43:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3190 | #define SSL_NOTHING 1 |
| 3191 | #define SSL_WRITING 2 |
| 3192 | #define SSL_READING 3 |
| 3193 | #define SSL_X509_LOOKUP 4 |
| 3194 | #define SSL_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP 5 |
| 3195 | #define SSL_PENDING_SESSION 7 |
| 3196 | #define SSL_CERTIFICATE_SELECTION_PENDING 8 |
| 3197 | #define SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION 9 |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 | /* SSL_want returns one of the above values to determine what the most recent |
| 3200 | * operation on |ssl| was blocked on. Use |SSL_get_error| instead. */ |
| 3201 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_want(const SSL *ssl); |
| 3202 | |
| 3203 | #define SSL_want_nothing(ssl) (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_NOTHING) |
| 3204 | #define SSL_want_read(ssl) (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_READING) |
| 3205 | #define SSL_want_write(ssl) (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_WRITING) |
| 3206 | #define SSL_want_x509_lookup(ssl) (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_X509_LOOKUP) |
| 3207 | #define SSL_want_channel_id_lookup(ssl) (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP) |
| 3208 | #define SSL_want_session(ssl) (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_PENDING_SESSION) |
| 3209 | #define SSL_want_certificate(ssl) \ |
| 3210 | (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_CERTIFICATE_SELECTION_PENDING) |
| 3211 | #define SSL_want_private_key_operation(ssl) \ |
| 3212 | (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION) |
| 3213 | |
David Benjamin | 1a1b34d | 2015-10-17 12:51:52 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3214 | /* SSL_get_finished writes up to |count| bytes of the Finished message sent by |
| 3215 | * |ssl| to |buf|. It returns the total untruncated length or zero if none has |
| 3216 | * been sent yet. |
| 3217 | * |
| 3218 | * Use |SSL_get_tls_unique| instead. */ |
| 3219 | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_finished(const SSL *ssl, void *buf, size_t count); |
| 3220 | |
| 3221 | /* SSL_get_peer_finished writes up to |count| bytes of the Finished message |
| 3222 | * received from |ssl|'s peer to |buf|. It returns the total untruncated length |
| 3223 | * or zero if none has been received yet. |
| 3224 | * |
| 3225 | * Use |SSL_get_tls_unique| instead. */ |
| 3226 | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_peer_finished(const SSL *ssl, void *buf, |
| 3227 | size_t count); |
| 3228 | |
David Benjamin | c2ae53d | 2015-10-17 13:26:57 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3229 | /* SSL_alert_type_string returns "!". Use |SSL_alert_type_string_long| |
| 3230 | * instead. */ |
| 3231 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_type_string(int value); |
| 3232 | |
| 3233 | /* SSL_alert_desc_string returns "!!". Use |SSL_alert_desc_string_long| |
| 3234 | * instead. */ |
| 3235 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_desc_string(int value); |
| 3236 | |
David Benjamin | da86ccc | 2015-10-17 22:59:59 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3237 | /* SSL_TXT_* expand to strings. */ |
| 3238 | #define SSL_TXT_MEDIUM "MEDIUM" |
| 3239 | #define SSL_TXT_HIGH "HIGH" |
| 3240 | #define SSL_TXT_FIPS "FIPS" |
| 3241 | #define SSL_TXT_kRSA "kRSA" |
| 3242 | #define SSL_TXT_kDHE "kDHE" |
| 3243 | #define SSL_TXT_kEDH "kEDH" |
| 3244 | #define SSL_TXT_kECDHE "kECDHE" |
| 3245 | #define SSL_TXT_kEECDH "kEECDH" |
| 3246 | #define SSL_TXT_kPSK "kPSK" |
| 3247 | #define SSL_TXT_aRSA "aRSA" |
| 3248 | #define SSL_TXT_aECDSA "aECDSA" |
| 3249 | #define SSL_TXT_aPSK "aPSK" |
| 3250 | #define SSL_TXT_DH "DH" |
| 3251 | #define SSL_TXT_DHE "DHE" |
| 3252 | #define SSL_TXT_EDH "EDH" |
| 3253 | #define SSL_TXT_RSA "RSA" |
| 3254 | #define SSL_TXT_ECDH "ECDH" |
| 3255 | #define SSL_TXT_ECDHE "ECDHE" |
| 3256 | #define SSL_TXT_EECDH "EECDH" |
| 3257 | #define SSL_TXT_ECDSA "ECDSA" |
| 3258 | #define SSL_TXT_PSK "PSK" |
| 3259 | #define SSL_TXT_3DES "3DES" |
| 3260 | #define SSL_TXT_RC4 "RC4" |
| 3261 | #define SSL_TXT_AES128 "AES128" |
| 3262 | #define SSL_TXT_AES256 "AES256" |
| 3263 | #define SSL_TXT_AES "AES" |
| 3264 | #define SSL_TXT_AES_GCM "AESGCM" |
| 3265 | #define SSL_TXT_CHACHA20 "CHACHA20" |
| 3266 | #define SSL_TXT_MD5 "MD5" |
| 3267 | #define SSL_TXT_SHA1 "SHA1" |
| 3268 | #define SSL_TXT_SHA "SHA" |
| 3269 | #define SSL_TXT_SHA256 "SHA256" |
| 3270 | #define SSL_TXT_SHA384 "SHA384" |
| 3271 | #define SSL_TXT_SSLV3 "SSLv3" |
| 3272 | #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1 "TLSv1" |
| 3273 | #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_1 "TLSv1.1" |
| 3274 | #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_2 "TLSv1.2" |
| 3275 | #define SSL_TXT_ALL "ALL" |
| 3276 | #define SSL_TXT_CMPDEF "COMPLEMENTOFDEFAULT" |
| 3277 | |
David Benjamin | 6e0c17a | 2015-10-17 23:13:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3278 | typedef struct ssl_conf_ctx_st SSL_CONF_CTX; |
| 3279 | |
David Benjamin | 63006a9 | 2015-10-18 00:00:06 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3280 | /* SSL_state returns the current state of the handshake state machine. */ |
| 3281 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_state(const SSL *ssl); |
| 3282 | |
David Benjamin | 5d8b128 | 2015-10-17 23:26:35 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3283 | #define SSL_get_state(ssl) SSL_state(ssl) |
| 3284 | |
David Benjamin | 63006a9 | 2015-10-18 00:00:06 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3285 | /* SSL_state_string returns the current state of the handshake state machine as |
| 3286 | * a six-letter string. Use |SSL_state_string */ |
| 3287 | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_state_string(const SSL *ssl); |
| 3288 | |
| 3289 | /* SSL_set_shutdown causes |ssl| to behave as if the shutdown bitmask (see |
| 3290 | * |SSL_get_shutdown|) were |mode|. This may be used to skip sending or |
| 3291 | * receiving close_notify in |SSL_shutdown| by causing the implementation to |
| 3292 | * believe the events already happened. |
| 3293 | * |
| 3294 | * It is an error to use |SSL_set_shutdown| to unset a bit that has already been |
| 3295 | * set. Doing so will trigger an |assert| in debug builds and otherwise be |
| 3296 | * ignored. |
| 3297 | * |
| 3298 | * Use |SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown| instead. */ |
| 3299 | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_shutdown(SSL *ssl, int mode); |
| 3300 | |
David Benjamin | 71f0794 | 2015-04-08 02:36:59 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3301 | |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3302 | /* Private structures. |
| 3303 | * |
| 3304 | * This structures are exposed for historical reasons, but access to them is |
| 3305 | * deprecated. */ |
| 3306 | |
David Benjamin | 6e0c17a | 2015-10-17 23:13:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3307 | typedef struct ssl_protocol_method_st SSL_PROTOCOL_METHOD; |
| 3308 | typedef struct ssl3_enc_method SSL3_ENC_METHOD; |
| 3309 | typedef struct ssl_aead_ctx_st SSL_AEAD_CTX; |
| 3310 | |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3311 | struct ssl_cipher_st { |
| 3312 | /* name is the OpenSSL name for the cipher. */ |
| 3313 | const char *name; |
| 3314 | /* id is the cipher suite value bitwise OR-d with 0x03000000. */ |
| 3315 | uint32_t id; |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 | /* The following are internal fields. See ssl/internal.h for their values. */ |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 | uint32_t algorithm_mkey; |
| 3320 | uint32_t algorithm_auth; |
| 3321 | uint32_t algorithm_enc; |
| 3322 | uint32_t algorithm_mac; |
| 3323 | uint32_t algorithm_ssl; |
| 3324 | uint32_t algo_strength; |
| 3325 | uint32_t algorithm_prf; |
| 3326 | |
| 3327 | /* strength_bits is the strength of the cipher in bits. */ |
| 3328 | int strength_bits; |
| 3329 | /* alg_bits is the number of bits of key material used by the algorithm. */ |
| 3330 | int alg_bits; |
| 3331 | }; |
| 3332 | |
David Benjamin | 6d5ea92 | 2015-10-17 22:53:31 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3333 | #define SSL_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH 32 |
| 3334 | #define SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH 32 |
| 3335 | #define SSL_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH 48 |
| 3336 | |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3337 | struct ssl_session_st { |
| 3338 | int ssl_version; /* what ssl version session info is being kept in here? */ |
| 3339 | |
| 3340 | int master_key_length; |
| 3341 | uint8_t master_key[SSL_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH]; |
| 3342 | /* session_id - valid? */ |
| 3343 | unsigned int session_id_length; |
| 3344 | uint8_t session_id[SSL_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH]; |
| 3345 | /* this is used to determine whether the session is being reused in |
| 3346 | * the appropriate context. It is up to the application to set this, |
| 3347 | * via SSL_new */ |
| 3348 | unsigned int sid_ctx_length; |
| 3349 | uint8_t sid_ctx[SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH]; |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 | char *psk_identity; |
| 3352 | /* Used to indicate that session resumption is not allowed. Applications can |
| 3353 | * also set this bit for a new session via not_resumable_session_cb to |
| 3354 | * disable session caching and tickets. */ |
| 3355 | int not_resumable; |
| 3356 | |
| 3357 | /* peer is the peer's certificate. */ |
| 3358 | X509 *peer; |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 | /* cert_chain is the certificate chain sent by the peer. NOTE: for historical |
| 3361 | * reasons, when a client (so the peer is a server), the chain includes |
| 3362 | * |peer|, but when a server it does not. */ |
| 3363 | STACK_OF(X509) *cert_chain; |
| 3364 | |
| 3365 | /* when app_verify_callback accepts a session where the peer's certificate is |
| 3366 | * not ok, we must remember the error for session reuse: */ |
| 3367 | long verify_result; /* only for servers */ |
| 3368 | |
| 3369 | CRYPTO_refcount_t references; |
| 3370 | long timeout; |
| 3371 | long time; |
| 3372 | |
| 3373 | const SSL_CIPHER *cipher; |
| 3374 | |
| 3375 | /* key_exchange_info contains an indication of the size of the asymmetric |
| 3376 | * primitive used in the handshake that created this session. In the event |
| 3377 | * that two asymmetric operations are used, this value applies to the one |
| 3378 | * that controls the confidentiality of the connection. Its interpretation |
| 3379 | * depends on the primitive that was used; as specified by the cipher suite: |
| 3380 | * DHE: the size, in bits, of the multiplicative group. |
| 3381 | * RSA: the size, in bits, of the modulus. |
| 3382 | * ECDHE: the TLS id for the curve. |
| 3383 | * |
| 3384 | * A zero indicates that the value is unknown. */ |
| 3385 | uint32_t key_exchange_info; |
| 3386 | |
| 3387 | CRYPTO_EX_DATA ex_data; /* application specific data */ |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 | /* These are used to make removal of session-ids more efficient and to |
| 3390 | * implement a maximum cache size. */ |
| 3391 | SSL_SESSION *prev, *next; |
| 3392 | char *tlsext_hostname; |
| 3393 | /* RFC4507 info */ |
| 3394 | uint8_t *tlsext_tick; /* Session ticket */ |
| 3395 | size_t tlsext_ticklen; /* Session ticket length */ |
| 3396 | uint32_t tlsext_tick_lifetime_hint; /* Session lifetime hint in seconds */ |
| 3397 | |
| 3398 | size_t tlsext_signed_cert_timestamp_list_length; |
| 3399 | uint8_t *tlsext_signed_cert_timestamp_list; /* Server's list. */ |
| 3400 | |
| 3401 | /* The OCSP response that came with the session. */ |
| 3402 | size_t ocsp_response_length; |
| 3403 | uint8_t *ocsp_response; |
| 3404 | |
| 3405 | char peer_sha256_valid; /* Non-zero if peer_sha256 is valid */ |
| 3406 | uint8_t |
| 3407 | peer_sha256[SHA256_DIGEST_LENGTH]; /* SHA256 of peer certificate */ |
| 3408 | |
| 3409 | /* original_handshake_hash contains the handshake hash (either SHA-1+MD5 or |
| 3410 | * SHA-2, depending on TLS version) for the original, full handshake that |
| 3411 | * created a session. This is used by Channel IDs during resumption. */ |
| 3412 | uint8_t original_handshake_hash[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE]; |
| 3413 | unsigned int original_handshake_hash_len; |
| 3414 | |
| 3415 | /* extended_master_secret is true if the master secret in this session was |
| 3416 | * generated using EMS and thus isn't vulnerable to the Triple Handshake |
| 3417 | * attack. */ |
| 3418 | char extended_master_secret; |
| 3419 | }; |
| 3420 | |
| 3421 | /* ssl_cipher_preference_list_st contains a list of SSL_CIPHERs with |
| 3422 | * equal-preference groups. For TLS clients, the groups are moot because the |
| 3423 | * server picks the cipher and groups cannot be expressed on the wire. However, |
| 3424 | * for servers, the equal-preference groups allow the client's preferences to |
| 3425 | * be partially respected. (This only has an effect with |
| 3426 | * SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE). |
| 3427 | * |
| 3428 | * The equal-preference groups are expressed by grouping SSL_CIPHERs together. |
| 3429 | * All elements of a group have the same priority: no ordering is expressed |
| 3430 | * within a group. |
| 3431 | * |
| 3432 | * The values in |ciphers| are in one-to-one correspondence with |
| 3433 | * |in_group_flags|. (That is, sk_SSL_CIPHER_num(ciphers) is the number of |
| 3434 | * bytes in |in_group_flags|.) The bytes in |in_group_flags| are either 1, to |
| 3435 | * indicate that the corresponding SSL_CIPHER is not the last element of a |
| 3436 | * group, or 0 to indicate that it is. |
| 3437 | * |
| 3438 | * For example, if |in_group_flags| contains all zeros then that indicates a |
| 3439 | * traditional, fully-ordered preference. Every SSL_CIPHER is the last element |
| 3440 | * of the group (i.e. they are all in a one-element group). |
| 3441 | * |
| 3442 | * For a more complex example, consider: |
| 3443 | * ciphers: A B C D E F |
| 3444 | * in_group_flags: 1 1 0 0 1 0 |
| 3445 | * |
| 3446 | * That would express the following, order: |
| 3447 | * |
| 3448 | * A E |
| 3449 | * B -> D -> F |
| 3450 | * C |
| 3451 | */ |
| 3452 | struct ssl_cipher_preference_list_st { |
| 3453 | STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *ciphers; |
| 3454 | uint8_t *in_group_flags; |
| 3455 | }; |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 | struct ssl_ctx_st { |
| 3458 | const SSL_PROTOCOL_METHOD *method; |
| 3459 | |
| 3460 | /* lock is used to protect various operations on this object. */ |
| 3461 | CRYPTO_MUTEX lock; |
| 3462 | |
| 3463 | /* max_version is the maximum acceptable protocol version. If zero, the |
| 3464 | * maximum supported version, currently (D)TLS 1.2, is used. */ |
| 3465 | uint16_t max_version; |
| 3466 | |
| 3467 | /* min_version is the minimum acceptable protocl version. If zero, the |
| 3468 | * minimum supported version, currently SSL 3.0 and DTLS 1.0, is used */ |
| 3469 | uint16_t min_version; |
| 3470 | |
| 3471 | struct ssl_cipher_preference_list_st *cipher_list; |
| 3472 | /* same as above but sorted for lookup */ |
| 3473 | STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *cipher_list_by_id; |
| 3474 | |
| 3475 | /* cipher_list_tls10 is the list of ciphers when TLS 1.0 or greater is in |
| 3476 | * use. This only applies to server connections as, for clients, the version |
| 3477 | * number is known at connect time and so the cipher list can be set then. If |
| 3478 | * |cipher_list_tls11| is non-NULL then this applies only to TLS 1.0 |
| 3479 | * connections. |
| 3480 | * |
| 3481 | * TODO(agl): this exists to assist in the death of SSLv3. It can hopefully |
| 3482 | * be removed after that. */ |
| 3483 | struct ssl_cipher_preference_list_st *cipher_list_tls10; |
| 3484 | |
| 3485 | /* cipher_list_tls11 is the list of ciphers when TLS 1.1 or greater is in |
| 3486 | * use. This only applies to server connections as, for clients, the version |
| 3487 | * number is known at connect time and so the cipher list can be set then. */ |
| 3488 | struct ssl_cipher_preference_list_st *cipher_list_tls11; |
| 3489 | |
| 3490 | X509_STORE *cert_store; |
| 3491 | LHASH_OF(SSL_SESSION) *sessions; |
| 3492 | /* Most session-ids that will be cached, default is |
| 3493 | * SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT. 0 is unlimited. */ |
| 3494 | unsigned long session_cache_size; |
| 3495 | SSL_SESSION *session_cache_head; |
| 3496 | SSL_SESSION *session_cache_tail; |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 | /* handshakes_since_cache_flush is the number of successful handshakes since |
| 3499 | * the last cache flush. */ |
| 3500 | int handshakes_since_cache_flush; |
| 3501 | |
| 3502 | /* This can have one of 2 values, ored together, |
| 3503 | * SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT, |
| 3504 | * SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER, |
| 3505 | * Default is SSL_SESSION_CACHE_SERVER, which means only |
| 3506 | * SSL_accept which cache SSL_SESSIONS. */ |
| 3507 | int session_cache_mode; |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 | /* If timeout is not 0, it is the default timeout value set when SSL_new() is |
| 3510 | * called. This has been put in to make life easier to set things up */ |
| 3511 | long session_timeout; |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 | /* If this callback is not null, it will be called each time a session id is |
| 3514 | * added to the cache. If this function returns 1, it means that the |
| 3515 | * callback will do a SSL_SESSION_free() when it has finished using it. |
| 3516 | * Otherwise, on 0, it means the callback has finished with it. If |
| 3517 | * remove_session_cb is not null, it will be called when a session-id is |
| 3518 | * removed from the cache. After the call, OpenSSL will SSL_SESSION_free() |
| 3519 | * it. */ |
| 3520 | int (*new_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *sess); |
| 3521 | void (*remove_session_cb)(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *sess); |
| 3522 | SSL_SESSION *(*get_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *data, int len, |
| 3523 | int *copy); |
| 3524 | |
| 3525 | CRYPTO_refcount_t references; |
| 3526 | |
| 3527 | /* if defined, these override the X509_verify_cert() calls */ |
David Benjamin | 5993704 | 2015-09-19 13:04:22 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3528 | int (*app_verify_callback)(X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx, void *arg); |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3529 | void *app_verify_arg; |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3530 | |
| 3531 | /* Default password callback. */ |
| 3532 | pem_password_cb *default_passwd_callback; |
| 3533 | |
| 3534 | /* Default password callback user data. */ |
| 3535 | void *default_passwd_callback_userdata; |
| 3536 | |
| 3537 | /* get client cert callback */ |
David Benjamin | fd8e69f | 2015-10-03 10:49:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3538 | int (*client_cert_cb)(SSL *ssl, X509 **out_x509, EVP_PKEY **out_pkey); |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3539 | |
| 3540 | /* get channel id callback */ |
David Benjamin | 42fea37 | 2015-09-19 01:22:44 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3541 | void (*channel_id_cb)(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY **out_pkey); |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3542 | |
| 3543 | CRYPTO_EX_DATA ex_data; |
| 3544 | |
| 3545 | /* custom_*_extensions stores any callback sets for custom extensions. Note |
| 3546 | * that these pointers will be NULL if the stack would otherwise be empty. */ |
| 3547 | STACK_OF(SSL_CUSTOM_EXTENSION) *client_custom_extensions; |
| 3548 | STACK_OF(SSL_CUSTOM_EXTENSION) *server_custom_extensions; |
| 3549 | |
| 3550 | /* Default values used when no per-SSL value is defined follow */ |
| 3551 | |
David Benjamin | 8217024 | 2015-10-17 22:51:17 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3552 | void (*info_callback)(const SSL *ssl, int type, int value); |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3553 | |
| 3554 | /* what we put in client cert requests */ |
| 3555 | STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *client_CA; |
| 3556 | |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 | /* Default values to use in SSL structures follow (these are copied by |
| 3559 | * SSL_new) */ |
| 3560 | |
| 3561 | uint32_t options; |
| 3562 | uint32_t mode; |
| 3563 | uint32_t max_cert_list; |
| 3564 | |
| 3565 | struct cert_st /* CERT */ *cert; |
| 3566 | |
| 3567 | /* callback that allows applications to peek at protocol messages */ |
| 3568 | void (*msg_callback)(int write_p, int version, int content_type, |
| 3569 | const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg); |
| 3570 | void *msg_callback_arg; |
| 3571 | |
| 3572 | int verify_mode; |
| 3573 | unsigned int sid_ctx_length; |
| 3574 | uint8_t sid_ctx[SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH]; |
| 3575 | int (*default_verify_callback)( |
| 3576 | int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); /* called 'verify_callback' in the SSL */ |
| 3577 | |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3578 | X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param; |
| 3579 | |
| 3580 | /* select_certificate_cb is called before most ClientHello processing and |
| 3581 | * before the decision whether to resume a session is made. It may return one |
| 3582 | * to continue the handshake or zero to cause the handshake loop to return |
| 3583 | * with an error and cause SSL_get_error to return |
| 3584 | * SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE. Note: when the handshake loop is resumed, it |
| 3585 | * will not call the callback a second time. */ |
| 3586 | int (*select_certificate_cb)(const struct ssl_early_callback_ctx *); |
| 3587 | |
| 3588 | /* dos_protection_cb is called once the resumption decision for a ClientHello |
| 3589 | * has been made. It returns one to continue the handshake or zero to |
| 3590 | * abort. */ |
| 3591 | int (*dos_protection_cb) (const struct ssl_early_callback_ctx *); |
| 3592 | |
| 3593 | /* quiet_shutdown is true if the connection should not send a close_notify on |
| 3594 | * shutdown. */ |
| 3595 | int quiet_shutdown; |
| 3596 | |
| 3597 | /* Maximum amount of data to send in one fragment. actual record size can be |
| 3598 | * more than this due to padding and MAC overheads. */ |
| 3599 | uint16_t max_send_fragment; |
| 3600 | |
| 3601 | /* TLS extensions servername callback */ |
| 3602 | int (*tlsext_servername_callback)(SSL *, int *, void *); |
| 3603 | void *tlsext_servername_arg; |
| 3604 | /* RFC 4507 session ticket keys */ |
| 3605 | uint8_t tlsext_tick_key_name[SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_LEN]; |
| 3606 | uint8_t tlsext_tick_hmac_key[16]; |
| 3607 | uint8_t tlsext_tick_aes_key[16]; |
| 3608 | /* Callback to support customisation of ticket key setting */ |
| 3609 | int (*tlsext_ticket_key_cb)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *name, uint8_t *iv, |
| 3610 | EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ectx, HMAC_CTX *hctx, int enc); |
| 3611 | |
| 3612 | /* Server-only: psk_identity_hint is the default identity hint to send in |
| 3613 | * PSK-based key exchanges. */ |
| 3614 | char *psk_identity_hint; |
| 3615 | |
| 3616 | unsigned int (*psk_client_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, |
| 3617 | char *identity, |
| 3618 | unsigned int max_identity_len, |
| 3619 | uint8_t *psk, unsigned int max_psk_len); |
| 3620 | unsigned int (*psk_server_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, |
| 3621 | uint8_t *psk, unsigned int max_psk_len); |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 | |
| 3624 | /* retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs is true if we should compute the SHA256 |
| 3625 | * hash of the peer's certifiate and then discard it to save memory and |
| 3626 | * session space. Only effective on the server side. */ |
| 3627 | char retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs; |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 | /* Next protocol negotiation information */ |
| 3630 | /* (for experimental NPN extension). */ |
| 3631 | |
| 3632 | /* For a server, this contains a callback function by which the set of |
| 3633 | * advertised protocols can be provided. */ |
David Benjamin | 977547b | 2015-09-16 00:25:52 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3634 | int (*next_protos_advertised_cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, |
| 3635 | unsigned *out_len, void *arg); |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3636 | void *next_protos_advertised_cb_arg; |
| 3637 | /* For a client, this contains a callback function that selects the |
| 3638 | * next protocol from the list provided by the server. */ |
David Benjamin | 977547b | 2015-09-16 00:25:52 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3639 | int (*next_proto_select_cb)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, |
| 3640 | const uint8_t *in, unsigned in_len, void *arg); |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3641 | void *next_proto_select_cb_arg; |
| 3642 | |
| 3643 | /* ALPN information |
| 3644 | * (we are in the process of transitioning from NPN to ALPN.) */ |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | /* For a server, this contains a callback function that allows the |
| 3647 | * server to select the protocol for the connection. |
| 3648 | * out: on successful return, this must point to the raw protocol |
| 3649 | * name (without the length prefix). |
| 3650 | * outlen: on successful return, this contains the length of |*out|. |
| 3651 | * in: points to the client's list of supported protocols in |
| 3652 | * wire-format. |
| 3653 | * inlen: the length of |in|. */ |
David Benjamin | 8984f1f | 2015-09-16 00:10:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3654 | int (*alpn_select_cb)(SSL *s, const uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, |
| 3655 | const uint8_t *in, unsigned in_len, void *arg); |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3656 | void *alpn_select_cb_arg; |
| 3657 | |
| 3658 | /* For a client, this contains the list of supported protocols in wire |
| 3659 | * format. */ |
| 3660 | uint8_t *alpn_client_proto_list; |
| 3661 | unsigned alpn_client_proto_list_len; |
| 3662 | |
| 3663 | /* SRTP profiles we are willing to do from RFC 5764 */ |
| 3664 | STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) *srtp_profiles; |
| 3665 | |
| 3666 | /* EC extension values inherited by SSL structure */ |
| 3667 | size_t tlsext_ellipticcurvelist_length; |
| 3668 | uint16_t *tlsext_ellipticcurvelist; |
| 3669 | |
| 3670 | /* If true, a client will advertise the Channel ID extension and a server |
| 3671 | * will echo it. */ |
| 3672 | char tlsext_channel_id_enabled; |
| 3673 | /* The client's Channel ID private key. */ |
| 3674 | EVP_PKEY *tlsext_channel_id_private; |
| 3675 | |
| 3676 | /* If true, a client will request certificate timestamps. */ |
| 3677 | char signed_cert_timestamps_enabled; |
| 3678 | |
| 3679 | /* Signed certificate timestamp list to be sent to the client, if requested */ |
| 3680 | uint8_t *signed_cert_timestamp_list; |
| 3681 | size_t signed_cert_timestamp_list_length; |
| 3682 | |
| 3683 | /* If true, a client will request a stapled OCSP response. */ |
| 3684 | char ocsp_stapling_enabled; |
| 3685 | |
| 3686 | /* OCSP response to be sent to the client, if requested. */ |
| 3687 | uint8_t *ocsp_response; |
| 3688 | size_t ocsp_response_length; |
| 3689 | |
| 3690 | /* If not NULL, session key material will be logged to this BIO for debugging |
| 3691 | * purposes. The format matches NSS's and is readable by Wireshark. */ |
| 3692 | BIO *keylog_bio; |
| 3693 | |
| 3694 | /* current_time_cb, if not NULL, is the function to use to get the current |
| 3695 | * time. It sets |*out_clock| to the current time. */ |
| 3696 | void (*current_time_cb)(const SSL *ssl, struct timeval *out_clock); |
| 3697 | }; |
| 3698 | |
| 3699 | struct ssl_st { |
| 3700 | /* version is the protocol version. */ |
| 3701 | int version; |
| 3702 | |
| 3703 | /* method is the method table corresponding to the current protocol (DTLS or |
| 3704 | * TLS). */ |
| 3705 | const SSL_PROTOCOL_METHOD *method; |
| 3706 | |
| 3707 | /* enc_method is the method table corresponding to the current protocol |
| 3708 | * version. */ |
| 3709 | const SSL3_ENC_METHOD *enc_method; |
| 3710 | |
| 3711 | /* max_version is the maximum acceptable protocol version. If zero, the |
| 3712 | * maximum supported version, currently (D)TLS 1.2, is used. */ |
| 3713 | uint16_t max_version; |
| 3714 | |
| 3715 | /* min_version is the minimum acceptable protocl version. If zero, the |
| 3716 | * minimum supported version, currently SSL 3.0 and DTLS 1.0, is used */ |
| 3717 | uint16_t min_version; |
| 3718 | |
| 3719 | /* There are 2 BIO's even though they are normally both the same. This is so |
| 3720 | * data can be read and written to different handlers */ |
| 3721 | |
| 3722 | BIO *rbio; /* used by SSL_read */ |
| 3723 | BIO *wbio; /* used by SSL_write */ |
| 3724 | BIO *bbio; /* used during session-id reuse to concatenate |
| 3725 | * messages */ |
| 3726 | |
| 3727 | /* This holds a variable that indicates what we were doing when a 0 or -1 is |
| 3728 | * returned. This is needed for non-blocking IO so we know what request |
| 3729 | * needs re-doing when in SSL_accept or SSL_connect */ |
| 3730 | int rwstate; |
| 3731 | |
| 3732 | /* true when we are actually in SSL_accept() or SSL_connect() */ |
| 3733 | int in_handshake; |
| 3734 | int (*handshake_func)(SSL *); |
| 3735 | |
| 3736 | /* Imagine that here's a boolean member "init" that is switched as soon as |
| 3737 | * SSL_set_{accept/connect}_state is called for the first time, so that |
| 3738 | * "state" and "handshake_func" are properly initialized. But as |
| 3739 | * handshake_func is == 0 until then, we use this test instead of an "init" |
| 3740 | * member. */ |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 | /* server is true iff the this SSL* is the server half. Note: before the SSL* |
| 3743 | * is initialized by either SSL_set_accept_state or SSL_set_connect_state, |
| 3744 | * the side is not determined. In this state, server is always false. */ |
| 3745 | int server; |
| 3746 | |
| 3747 | /* quiet_shutdown is true if the connection should not send a close_notify on |
| 3748 | * shutdown. */ |
| 3749 | int quiet_shutdown; |
| 3750 | |
| 3751 | int shutdown; /* we have shut things down, 0x01 sent, 0x02 |
| 3752 | * for received */ |
| 3753 | int state; /* where we are */ |
| 3754 | |
| 3755 | BUF_MEM *init_buf; /* buffer used during init */ |
| 3756 | uint8_t *init_msg; /* pointer to handshake message body, set by |
| 3757 | ssl3_get_message() */ |
| 3758 | int init_num; /* amount read/written */ |
| 3759 | int init_off; /* amount read/written */ |
| 3760 | |
| 3761 | struct ssl3_state_st *s3; /* SSLv3 variables */ |
| 3762 | struct dtls1_state_st *d1; /* DTLSv1 variables */ |
| 3763 | |
| 3764 | /* callback that allows applications to peek at protocol messages */ |
| 3765 | void (*msg_callback)(int write_p, int version, int content_type, |
| 3766 | const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg); |
| 3767 | void *msg_callback_arg; |
| 3768 | |
| 3769 | int hit; /* reusing a previous session */ |
| 3770 | |
| 3771 | X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param; |
| 3772 | |
| 3773 | /* crypto */ |
| 3774 | struct ssl_cipher_preference_list_st *cipher_list; |
| 3775 | STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *cipher_list_by_id; |
| 3776 | |
| 3777 | SSL_AEAD_CTX *aead_read_ctx; |
| 3778 | SSL_AEAD_CTX *aead_write_ctx; |
| 3779 | |
| 3780 | /* session info */ |
| 3781 | |
| 3782 | /* client cert? */ |
| 3783 | /* This is used to hold the server certificate used */ |
| 3784 | struct cert_st /* CERT */ *cert; |
| 3785 | |
| 3786 | /* the session_id_context is used to ensure sessions are only reused |
| 3787 | * in the appropriate context */ |
| 3788 | unsigned int sid_ctx_length; |
| 3789 | uint8_t sid_ctx[SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH]; |
| 3790 | |
| 3791 | /* This can also be in the session once a session is established */ |
| 3792 | SSL_SESSION *session; |
| 3793 | |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3794 | /* Used in SSL2 and SSL3 */ |
| 3795 | int verify_mode; /* 0 don't care about verify failure. |
| 3796 | * 1 fail if verify fails */ |
| 3797 | int (*verify_callback)(int ok, |
| 3798 | X509_STORE_CTX *ctx); /* fail if callback returns 0 */ |
| 3799 | |
David Benjamin | 8217024 | 2015-10-17 22:51:17 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3800 | void (*info_callback)(const SSL *ssl, int type, int value); |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3801 | |
| 3802 | /* Server-only: psk_identity_hint is the identity hint to send in |
| 3803 | * PSK-based key exchanges. */ |
| 3804 | char *psk_identity_hint; |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 | unsigned int (*psk_client_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, |
| 3807 | char *identity, |
| 3808 | unsigned int max_identity_len, |
| 3809 | uint8_t *psk, unsigned int max_psk_len); |
| 3810 | unsigned int (*psk_server_callback)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, |
| 3811 | uint8_t *psk, unsigned int max_psk_len); |
| 3812 | |
| 3813 | SSL_CTX *ctx; |
| 3814 | |
| 3815 | /* extra application data */ |
| 3816 | long verify_result; |
| 3817 | CRYPTO_EX_DATA ex_data; |
| 3818 | |
| 3819 | /* for server side, keep the list of CA_dn we can use */ |
| 3820 | STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *client_CA; |
| 3821 | |
| 3822 | uint32_t options; /* protocol behaviour */ |
| 3823 | uint32_t mode; /* API behaviour */ |
| 3824 | uint32_t max_cert_list; |
| 3825 | int client_version; /* what was passed, used for |
| 3826 | * SSLv3/TLS rollback check */ |
| 3827 | uint16_t max_send_fragment; |
| 3828 | char *tlsext_hostname; |
| 3829 | /* RFC4507 session ticket expected to be received or sent */ |
| 3830 | int tlsext_ticket_expected; |
| 3831 | size_t tlsext_ellipticcurvelist_length; |
| 3832 | uint16_t *tlsext_ellipticcurvelist; /* our list */ |
| 3833 | |
| 3834 | SSL_CTX *initial_ctx; /* initial ctx, used to store sessions */ |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 | /* Next protocol negotiation. For the client, this is the protocol that we |
| 3837 | * sent in NextProtocol and is set when handling ServerHello extensions. |
| 3838 | * |
| 3839 | * For a server, this is the client's selected_protocol from NextProtocol and |
| 3840 | * is set when handling the NextProtocol message, before the Finished |
| 3841 | * message. */ |
| 3842 | uint8_t *next_proto_negotiated; |
| 3843 | size_t next_proto_negotiated_len; |
| 3844 | |
| 3845 | /* srtp_profiles is the list of configured SRTP protection profiles for |
| 3846 | * DTLS-SRTP. */ |
| 3847 | STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) *srtp_profiles; |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 | /* srtp_profile is the selected SRTP protection profile for |
| 3850 | * DTLS-SRTP. */ |
| 3851 | const SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE *srtp_profile; |
| 3852 | |
| 3853 | /* Copied from the SSL_CTX. For a server, means that we'll accept Channel IDs |
| 3854 | * from clients. For a client, means that we'll advertise support. */ |
| 3855 | char tlsext_channel_id_enabled; |
| 3856 | /* The client's Channel ID private key. */ |
| 3857 | EVP_PKEY *tlsext_channel_id_private; |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 | /* Enable signed certificate time stamps. Currently client only. */ |
| 3860 | char signed_cert_timestamps_enabled; |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | /* ocsp_stapling_enabled is only used by client connections and indicates |
| 3863 | * whether OCSP stapling will be requested. */ |
| 3864 | char ocsp_stapling_enabled; |
| 3865 | |
| 3866 | /* For a client, this contains the list of supported protocols in wire |
| 3867 | * format. */ |
| 3868 | uint8_t *alpn_client_proto_list; |
| 3869 | unsigned alpn_client_proto_list_len; |
| 3870 | |
David Benjamin | 1d5ef3b | 2015-10-12 19:54:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3871 | /* renegotiate_mode controls how peer renegotiation attempts are handled. */ |
| 3872 | enum ssl_renegotiate_mode_t renegotiate_mode; |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3873 | |
| 3874 | /* These fields are always NULL and exist only to keep wpa_supplicant happy |
| 3875 | * about the change to EVP_AEAD. They are only needed for EAP-FAST, which we |
| 3876 | * don't support. */ |
| 3877 | EVP_CIPHER_CTX *enc_read_ctx; |
| 3878 | EVP_MD_CTX *read_hash; |
| 3879 | }; |
| 3880 | |
David Benjamin | d5635d4 | 2015-10-17 19:45:00 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3881 | typedef struct ssl3_record_st { |
| 3882 | /* type is the record type. */ |
| 3883 | uint8_t type; |
| 3884 | /* length is the number of unconsumed bytes of |data|. */ |
| 3885 | uint16_t length; |
| 3886 | /* off is the number of consumed bytes of |data|. */ |
| 3887 | uint16_t off; |
| 3888 | /* data is a non-owning pointer to the record contents. The total length of |
| 3889 | * the buffer is |off| + |length|. */ |
| 3890 | uint8_t *data; |
| 3891 | } SSL3_RECORD; |
| 3892 | |
| 3893 | typedef struct ssl3_buffer_st { |
| 3894 | /* buf is the memory allocated for this buffer. */ |
| 3895 | uint8_t *buf; |
| 3896 | /* offset is the offset into |buf| which the buffer contents start at. */ |
| 3897 | uint16_t offset; |
| 3898 | /* len is the length of the buffer contents from |buf| + |offset|. */ |
| 3899 | uint16_t len; |
| 3900 | /* cap is how much memory beyond |buf| + |offset| is available. */ |
| 3901 | uint16_t cap; |
| 3902 | } SSL3_BUFFER; |
| 3903 | |
| 3904 | /* TODO(davidben): This flag can probably be merged into s3->change_cipher_spec |
| 3905 | * to something tri-state. (Normal / Expect CCS / Between CCS and Finished). */ |
| 3906 | #define SSL3_FLAGS_EXPECT_CCS 0x0080 |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 | typedef struct ssl3_state_st { |
| 3909 | long flags; |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 | uint8_t read_sequence[8]; |
| 3912 | int read_mac_secret_size; |
| 3913 | uint8_t read_mac_secret[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE]; |
| 3914 | uint8_t write_sequence[8]; |
| 3915 | int write_mac_secret_size; |
| 3916 | uint8_t write_mac_secret[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE]; |
| 3917 | |
| 3918 | uint8_t server_random[SSL3_RANDOM_SIZE]; |
| 3919 | uint8_t client_random[SSL3_RANDOM_SIZE]; |
| 3920 | |
| 3921 | /* flags for countermeasure against known-IV weakness */ |
| 3922 | int need_record_splitting; |
| 3923 | |
| 3924 | /* have_version is true if the connection's final version is known. Otherwise |
| 3925 | * the version has not been negotiated yet. */ |
| 3926 | char have_version; |
| 3927 | |
| 3928 | /* initial_handshake_complete is true if the initial handshake has |
| 3929 | * completed. */ |
| 3930 | char initial_handshake_complete; |
| 3931 | |
| 3932 | /* read_buffer holds data from the transport to be processed. */ |
| 3933 | SSL3_BUFFER read_buffer; |
| 3934 | /* write_buffer holds data to be written to the transport. */ |
| 3935 | SSL3_BUFFER write_buffer; |
| 3936 | |
| 3937 | SSL3_RECORD rrec; /* each decoded record goes in here */ |
| 3938 | |
| 3939 | /* storage for Handshake protocol data received but not yet processed by |
| 3940 | * ssl3_read_bytes: */ |
| 3941 | uint8_t handshake_fragment[4]; |
| 3942 | unsigned int handshake_fragment_len; |
| 3943 | |
| 3944 | /* partial write - check the numbers match */ |
| 3945 | unsigned int wnum; /* number of bytes sent so far */ |
| 3946 | int wpend_tot; /* number bytes written */ |
| 3947 | int wpend_type; |
| 3948 | int wpend_ret; /* number of bytes submitted */ |
| 3949 | const uint8_t *wpend_buf; |
| 3950 | |
| 3951 | /* handshake_buffer, if non-NULL, contains the handshake transcript. */ |
| 3952 | BUF_MEM *handshake_buffer; |
| 3953 | /* handshake_hash, if initialized with an |EVP_MD|, maintains the handshake |
| 3954 | * hash. For TLS 1.1 and below, it is the SHA-1 half. */ |
| 3955 | EVP_MD_CTX handshake_hash; |
| 3956 | /* handshake_md5, if initialized with an |EVP_MD|, maintains the MD5 half of |
| 3957 | * the handshake hash for TLS 1.1 and below. */ |
| 3958 | EVP_MD_CTX handshake_md5; |
| 3959 | |
| 3960 | /* this is set whenerver we see a change_cipher_spec message come in when we |
| 3961 | * are not looking for one */ |
| 3962 | int change_cipher_spec; |
| 3963 | |
| 3964 | int warn_alert; |
| 3965 | int fatal_alert; |
| 3966 | /* we allow one fatal and one warning alert to be outstanding, send close |
| 3967 | * alert via the warning alert */ |
| 3968 | int alert_dispatch; |
| 3969 | uint8_t send_alert[2]; |
| 3970 | |
| 3971 | int total_renegotiations; |
| 3972 | |
| 3973 | /* empty_record_count is the number of consecutive empty records received. */ |
| 3974 | uint8_t empty_record_count; |
| 3975 | |
| 3976 | /* warning_alert_count is the number of consecutive warning alerts |
| 3977 | * received. */ |
| 3978 | uint8_t warning_alert_count; |
| 3979 | |
| 3980 | /* State pertaining to the pending handshake. |
| 3981 | * |
| 3982 | * TODO(davidben): State is current spread all over the place. Move |
| 3983 | * pending handshake state here so it can be managed separately from |
| 3984 | * established connection state in case of renegotiations. */ |
| 3985 | struct { |
| 3986 | /* actually only need to be 16+20 for SSLv3 and 12 for TLS */ |
| 3987 | uint8_t finish_md[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE * 2]; |
| 3988 | int finish_md_len; |
| 3989 | uint8_t peer_finish_md[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE * 2]; |
| 3990 | int peer_finish_md_len; |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 | unsigned long message_size; |
| 3993 | int message_type; |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 | /* used to hold the new cipher we are going to use */ |
| 3996 | const SSL_CIPHER *new_cipher; |
| 3997 | DH *dh; |
| 3998 | |
| 3999 | EC_KEY *ecdh; /* holds short lived ECDH key */ |
| 4000 | |
| 4001 | /* used when SSL_ST_FLUSH_DATA is entered */ |
| 4002 | int next_state; |
| 4003 | |
| 4004 | int reuse_message; |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 | union { |
| 4007 | /* sent is a bitset where the bits correspond to elements of kExtensions |
| 4008 | * in t1_lib.c. Each bit is set if that extension was sent in a |
| 4009 | * ClientHello. It's not used by servers. */ |
| 4010 | uint32_t sent; |
| 4011 | /* received is a bitset, like |sent|, but is used by servers to record |
| 4012 | * which extensions were received from a client. */ |
| 4013 | uint32_t received; |
| 4014 | } extensions; |
| 4015 | |
| 4016 | union { |
| 4017 | /* sent is a bitset where the bits correspond to elements of |
| 4018 | * |client_custom_extensions| in the |SSL_CTX|. Each bit is set if that |
| 4019 | * extension was sent in a ClientHello. It's not used by servers. */ |
| 4020 | uint16_t sent; |
| 4021 | /* received is a bitset, like |sent|, but is used by servers to record |
| 4022 | * which custom extensions were received from a client. The bits here |
| 4023 | * correspond to |server_custom_extensions|. */ |
| 4024 | uint16_t received; |
| 4025 | } custom_extensions; |
| 4026 | |
| 4027 | /* SNI extension */ |
| 4028 | |
| 4029 | /* should_ack_sni is used by a server and indicates that the SNI extension |
| 4030 | * should be echoed in the ServerHello. */ |
| 4031 | unsigned should_ack_sni:1; |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 | |
| 4034 | /* Client-only: cert_req determines if a client certificate is to be sent. |
| 4035 | * This is 0 if no client Certificate message is to be sent, 1 if there is |
| 4036 | * a client certificate, and 2 to send an empty client Certificate |
| 4037 | * message. */ |
| 4038 | int cert_req; |
| 4039 | |
| 4040 | /* Client-only: ca_names contains the list of CAs received in a |
| 4041 | * CertificateRequest message. */ |
| 4042 | STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *ca_names; |
| 4043 | |
| 4044 | /* Client-only: certificate_types contains the set of certificate types |
| 4045 | * received in a CertificateRequest message. */ |
| 4046 | uint8_t *certificate_types; |
| 4047 | size_t num_certificate_types; |
| 4048 | |
| 4049 | int key_block_length; |
| 4050 | uint8_t *key_block; |
| 4051 | |
| 4052 | const EVP_AEAD *new_aead; |
| 4053 | uint8_t new_mac_secret_len; |
| 4054 | uint8_t new_fixed_iv_len; |
| 4055 | uint8_t new_variable_iv_len; |
| 4056 | |
| 4057 | /* Server-only: cert_request is true if a client certificate was |
| 4058 | * requested. */ |
| 4059 | int cert_request; |
| 4060 | |
| 4061 | /* certificate_status_expected is true if OCSP stapling was negotiated and |
| 4062 | * the server is expected to send a CertificateStatus message. (This is |
| 4063 | * used on both the client and server sides.) */ |
| 4064 | unsigned certificate_status_expected:1; |
| 4065 | |
| 4066 | /* ocsp_stapling_requested is true if a client requested OCSP stapling. */ |
| 4067 | unsigned ocsp_stapling_requested:1; |
| 4068 | |
| 4069 | /* Server-only: peer_ellipticcurvelist contains the EC curve IDs advertised |
| 4070 | * by the peer. This is only set on the server's end. The server does not |
| 4071 | * advertise this extension to the client. */ |
| 4072 | uint16_t *peer_ellipticcurvelist; |
| 4073 | size_t peer_ellipticcurvelist_length; |
| 4074 | |
| 4075 | /* extended_master_secret indicates whether the extended master secret |
| 4076 | * computation is used in this handshake. Note that this is different from |
| 4077 | * whether it was used for the current session. If this is a resumption |
| 4078 | * handshake then EMS might be negotiated in the client and server hello |
| 4079 | * messages, but it doesn't matter if the session that's being resumed |
| 4080 | * didn't use it to create the master secret initially. */ |
| 4081 | char extended_master_secret; |
| 4082 | |
| 4083 | /* Client-only: peer_psk_identity_hint is the psk_identity_hint sent by the |
| 4084 | * server when using a PSK key exchange. */ |
| 4085 | char *peer_psk_identity_hint; |
| 4086 | |
| 4087 | /* new_mac_secret_size is unused and exists only until wpa_supplicant can |
| 4088 | * be updated. It is only needed for EAP-FAST, which we don't support. */ |
| 4089 | uint8_t new_mac_secret_size; |
| 4090 | |
| 4091 | /* Client-only: in_false_start is one if there is a pending handshake in |
| 4092 | * False Start. The client may write data at this point. */ |
| 4093 | char in_false_start; |
| 4094 | |
| 4095 | /* peer_dh_tmp, on a client, is the server's DHE public key. */ |
| 4096 | DH *peer_dh_tmp; |
| 4097 | |
| 4098 | /* peer_ecdh_tmp, on a client, is the server's ECDHE public key. */ |
| 4099 | EC_KEY *peer_ecdh_tmp; |
| 4100 | } tmp; |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 | /* Connection binding to prevent renegotiation attacks */ |
| 4103 | uint8_t previous_client_finished[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE]; |
| 4104 | uint8_t previous_client_finished_len; |
| 4105 | uint8_t previous_server_finished[EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE]; |
| 4106 | uint8_t previous_server_finished_len; |
| 4107 | int send_connection_binding; /* TODOEKR */ |
| 4108 | |
| 4109 | /* Set if we saw the Next Protocol Negotiation extension from our peer. */ |
| 4110 | int next_proto_neg_seen; |
| 4111 | |
| 4112 | /* ALPN information |
| 4113 | * (we are in the process of transitioning from NPN to ALPN.) */ |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 | /* In a server these point to the selected ALPN protocol after the |
| 4116 | * ClientHello has been processed. In a client these contain the protocol |
| 4117 | * that the server selected once the ServerHello has been processed. */ |
| 4118 | uint8_t *alpn_selected; |
| 4119 | size_t alpn_selected_len; |
| 4120 | |
| 4121 | /* In a client, this means that the server supported Channel ID and that a |
| 4122 | * Channel ID was sent. In a server it means that we echoed support for |
| 4123 | * Channel IDs and that tlsext_channel_id will be valid after the |
| 4124 | * handshake. */ |
| 4125 | char tlsext_channel_id_valid; |
| 4126 | /* For a server: |
| 4127 | * If |tlsext_channel_id_valid| is true, then this contains the |
| 4128 | * verified Channel ID from the client: a P256 point, (x,y), where |
| 4129 | * each are big-endian values. */ |
| 4130 | uint8_t tlsext_channel_id[64]; |
| 4131 | } SSL3_STATE; |
| 4132 | |
David Benjamin | 79c117a | 2015-09-13 13:53:19 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4133 | |
David Benjamin | 5ef619e | 2015-10-18 00:10:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4134 | /* Android compatibility section (hidden). |
Adam Langley | 7cc3f99 | 2015-01-07 15:06:31 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 4135 | * |
| 4136 | * These functions are declared, temporarily, for Android because |
| 4137 | * wpa_supplicant will take a little time to sync with upstream. Outside of |
| 4138 | * Android they'll have no definition. */ |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 | #define SSL_F_SSL_SET_SESSION_TICKET_EXT doesnt_exist |
| 4141 | |
Adam Langley | b4a494c | 2015-01-23 15:10:10 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 4142 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session_ticket_ext(SSL *s, void *ext_data, |
| 4143 | int ext_len); |
Adam Langley | 7cc3f99 | 2015-01-07 15:06:31 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 4144 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session_secret_cb(SSL *s, void *cb, void *arg); |
| 4145 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session_ticket_ext_cb(SSL *s, void *cb, void *arg); |
Adam Langley | 32156b9 | 2015-03-20 11:49:44 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4146 | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_ssl_method(SSL *s, const SSL_METHOD *method); |
| 4147 | |
Adam Langley | 7cc3f99 | 2015-01-07 15:06:31 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 4148 | |
David Benjamin | 5ef619e | 2015-10-18 00:10:28 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4149 | /* Preprocessor compatibility section (hidden). |
David Benjamin | 59015c3 | 2015-04-26 13:13:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4150 | * |
| 4151 | * Historically, a number of APIs were implemented in OpenSSL as macros and |
| 4152 | * constants to 'ctrl' functions. To avoid breaking #ifdefs in consumers, this |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4153 | * section defines a number of legacy macros. |
| 4154 | * |
| 4155 | * Although using either the CTRL values or their wrapper macros in #ifdefs is |
| 4156 | * still supported, the CTRL values may not be passed to |SSL_ctrl| and |
| 4157 | * |SSL_CTX_ctrl|. Call the functions (previously wrapper macros) instead. */ |
David Benjamin | 59015c3 | 2015-04-26 13:13:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4158 | |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4159 | #define DTLS_CTRL_GET_TIMEOUT doesnt_exist |
| 4160 | #define DTLS_CTRL_HANDLE_TIMEOUT doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4161 | #define SSL_CTRL_CHAIN doesnt_exist |
| 4162 | #define SSL_CTRL_CHAIN_CERT doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4163 | #define SSL_CTRL_CHANNEL_ID doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4164 | #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4165 | #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_MODE doesnt_exist |
| 4166 | #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_OPTIONS doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4167 | #define SSL_CTRL_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERT doesnt_exist |
| 4168 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4169 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CHANNEL_ID doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 7591064 | 2015-08-09 10:42:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4170 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CLIENT_CERT_TYPES doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4171 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4172 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_CERT_LIST doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | c045469 | 2015-04-27 00:28:56 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4173 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_NUM_RENEGOTIATIONS doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4174 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_READ_AHEAD doesnt_exist |
| 4175 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_RI_SUPPORT doesnt_exist |
| 4176 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESSION_REUSED doesnt_exist |
| 4177 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_MODE doesnt_exist |
| 4178 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 6cacac0 | 2015-06-16 13:29:54 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4179 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | c045469 | 2015-04-27 00:28:56 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4180 | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_TOTAL_RENEGOTIATIONS doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4181 | #define SSL_CTRL_MODE doesnt_exist |
| 4182 | #define SSL_CTRL_NEED_TMP_RSA doesnt_exist |
| 4183 | #define SSL_CTRL_OPTIONS doesnt_exist |
| 4184 | #define SSL_CTRL_SESS_NUMBER doesnt_exist |
| 4185 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_CHANNEL_ID doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | fdb4cdd | 2015-08-09 11:13:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4186 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_CURVES doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4187 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_CERT_LIST doesnt_exist |
| 4188 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_SEND_FRAGMENT doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 59015c3 | 2015-04-26 13:13:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4189 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 61ecccf | 2015-05-05 09:44:51 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4190 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK_ARG doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb9cf79 | 2015-05-05 09:46:14 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4191 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MTU doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 61ecccf | 2015-05-05 09:44:51 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4192 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_READ_AHEAD doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 71f7d3d | 2015-05-05 09:46:38 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4193 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_MODE doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4194 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 7133d42 | 2015-04-28 00:43:39 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4195 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_HOSTNAME doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4196 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_ARG doesnt_exist |
| 4197 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_CB doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 6cacac0 | 2015-06-16 13:29:54 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4198 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 59015c3 | 2015-04-26 13:13:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4199 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEY_CB doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4200 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH doesnt_exist |
| 4201 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH_CB doesnt_exist |
| 4202 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH doesnt_exist |
| 4203 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH_CB doesnt_exist |
| 4204 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA doesnt_exist |
| 4205 | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA_CB doesnt_exist |
David Benjamin | 59015c3 | 2015-04-26 13:13:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4206 | |
David Benjamin | 8c24980 | 2015-05-05 09:44:18 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4207 | #define DTLSv1_get_timeout DTLSv1_get_timeout |
| 4208 | #define DTLSv1_handle_timeout DTLSv1_handle_timeout |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4209 | #define SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert |
| 4210 | #define SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert |
| 4211 | #define SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert |
| 4212 | #define SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs |
| 4213 | #define SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4214 | #define SSL_CTX_clear_mode SSL_CTX_clear_mode |
| 4215 | #define SSL_CTX_clear_options SSL_CTX_clear_options |
| 4216 | #define SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4217 | #define SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs |
| 4218 | #define SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4219 | #define SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list |
| 4220 | #define SSL_CTX_get_mode SSL_CTX_get_mode |
| 4221 | #define SSL_CTX_get_options SSL_CTX_get_options |
| 4222 | #define SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead |
| 4223 | #define SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode |
David Benjamin | 6cacac0 | 2015-06-16 13:29:54 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4224 | #define SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4225 | #define SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA |
| 4226 | #define SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size |
| 4227 | #define SSL_CTX_sess_number SSL_CTX_sess_number |
| 4228 | #define SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4229 | #define SSL_CTX_set0_chain SSL_CTX_set0_chain |
| 4230 | #define SSL_CTX_set1_chain SSL_CTX_set1_chain |
David Benjamin | fdb4cdd | 2015-08-09 11:13:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4231 | #define SSL_CTX_set1_curves SSL_CTX_set1_curves |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4232 | #define SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id |
| 4233 | #define SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list |
| 4234 | #define SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment |
| 4235 | #define SSL_CTX_set_mode SSL_CTX_set_mode |
| 4236 | #define SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg |
| 4237 | #define SSL_CTX_set_options SSL_CTX_set_options |
| 4238 | #define SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead |
| 4239 | #define SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode |
| 4240 | #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg |
| 4241 | #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback \ |
| 4242 | SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback |
| 4243 | #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb |
David Benjamin | 6cacac0 | 2015-06-16 13:29:54 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4244 | #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4245 | #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh |
| 4246 | #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh |
| 4247 | #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4248 | #define SSL_add0_chain_cert SSL_add0_chain_cert |
| 4249 | #define SSL_add1_chain_cert SSL_add1_chain_cert |
| 4250 | #define SSL_clear_chain_certs SSL_clear_chain_certs |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4251 | #define SSL_clear_mode SSL_clear_mode |
| 4252 | #define SSL_clear_options SSL_clear_options |
| 4253 | #define SSL_enable_tls_channel_id SSL_enable_tls_channel_id |
David Benjamin | 7591064 | 2015-08-09 10:42:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4254 | #define SSL_get0_certificate_types SSL_get0_certificate_types |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4255 | #define SSL_get0_chain_certs SSL_get0_chain_certs |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4256 | #define SSL_get_max_cert_list SSL_get_max_cert_list |
| 4257 | #define SSL_get_mode SSL_get_mode |
| 4258 | #define SSL_get_options SSL_get_options |
David Benjamin | cb9cf79 | 2015-05-05 09:46:14 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4259 | #define SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support \ |
| 4260 | SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support |
David Benjamin | c280758 | 2015-04-28 00:19:50 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4261 | #define SSL_get_tls_channel_id SSL_get_tls_channel_id |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4262 | #define SSL_need_tmp_RSA SSL_need_tmp_RSA |
| 4263 | #define SSL_num_renegotiations SSL_num_renegotiations |
| 4264 | #define SSL_session_reused SSL_session_reused |
David Benjamin | 11c0f8e | 2015-07-06 00:18:15 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4265 | #define SSL_set0_chain SSL_set0_chain |
| 4266 | #define SSL_set1_chain SSL_set1_chain |
David Benjamin | fdb4cdd | 2015-08-09 11:13:23 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4267 | #define SSL_set1_curves SSL_set1_curves |
David Benjamin | cb3872f | 2015-06-16 13:20:36 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4268 | #define SSL_set1_tls_channel_id SSL_set1_tls_channel_id |
| 4269 | #define SSL_set_max_cert_list SSL_set_max_cert_list |
| 4270 | #define SSL_set_max_send_fragment SSL_set_max_send_fragment |
| 4271 | #define SSL_set_mode SSL_set_mode |
| 4272 | #define SSL_set_msg_callback_arg SSL_set_msg_callback_arg |
| 4273 | #define SSL_set_mtu SSL_set_mtu |
| 4274 | #define SSL_set_options SSL_set_options |
| 4275 | #define SSL_set_tlsext_host_name SSL_set_tlsext_host_name |
| 4276 | #define SSL_set_tmp_dh SSL_set_tmp_dh |
| 4277 | #define SSL_set_tmp_ecdh SSL_set_tmp_ecdh |
| 4278 | #define SSL_set_tmp_rsa SSL_set_tmp_rsa |
| 4279 | #define SSL_total_renegotiations SSL_total_renegotiations |
David Benjamin | 59015c3 | 2015-04-26 13:13:55 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4280 | |
| 4281 | |
David Benjamin | 087e4fa | 2015-04-08 23:46:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4282 | #if defined(__cplusplus) |
| 4283 | } /* extern C */ |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4284 | #endif |
David Benjamin | 2e52121 | 2014-07-16 14:37:51 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4285 | |
David Benjamin | 689be0f | 2015-02-11 15:55:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4286 | #define SSL_R_APP_DATA_IN_HANDSHAKE 100 |
| 4287 | #define SSL_R_ATTEMPT_TO_REUSE_SESSION_IN_DIFFERENT_CONTEXT 101 |
| 4288 | #define SSL_R_BAD_ALERT 102 |
| 4289 | #define SSL_R_BAD_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC 103 |
| 4290 | #define SSL_R_BAD_DATA_RETURNED_BY_CALLBACK 104 |
| 4291 | #define SSL_R_BAD_DH_P_LENGTH 105 |
| 4292 | #define SSL_R_BAD_DIGEST_LENGTH 106 |
| 4293 | #define SSL_R_BAD_ECC_CERT 107 |
| 4294 | #define SSL_R_BAD_ECPOINT 108 |
| 4295 | #define SSL_R_BAD_HANDSHAKE_LENGTH 109 |
| 4296 | #define SSL_R_BAD_HANDSHAKE_RECORD 110 |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4297 | #define SSL_R_BAD_HELLO_REQUEST 111 |
David Benjamin | 689be0f | 2015-02-11 15:55:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4298 | #define SSL_R_BAD_LENGTH 112 |
| 4299 | #define SSL_R_BAD_PACKET_LENGTH 113 |
| 4300 | #define SSL_R_BAD_RSA_ENCRYPT 114 |
| 4301 | #define SSL_R_BAD_SIGNATURE 115 |
| 4302 | #define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_MKI_VALUE 116 |
| 4303 | #define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_LIST 117 |
| 4304 | #define SSL_R_BAD_SSL_FILETYPE 118 |
| 4305 | #define SSL_R_BAD_WRITE_RETRY 119 |
| 4306 | #define SSL_R_BIO_NOT_SET 120 |
| 4307 | #define SSL_R_BN_LIB 121 |
| 4308 | #define SSL_R_CANNOT_SERIALIZE_PUBLIC_KEY 122 |
| 4309 | #define SSL_R_CA_DN_LENGTH_MISMATCH 123 |
| 4310 | #define SSL_R_CA_DN_TOO_LONG 124 |
| 4311 | #define SSL_R_CCS_RECEIVED_EARLY 125 |
| 4312 | #define SSL_R_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY_FAILED 126 |
| 4313 | #define SSL_R_CERT_CB_ERROR 127 |
| 4314 | #define SSL_R_CERT_LENGTH_MISMATCH 128 |
| 4315 | #define SSL_R_CHANNEL_ID_NOT_P256 129 |
| 4316 | #define SSL_R_CHANNEL_ID_SIGNATURE_INVALID 130 |
| 4317 | #define SSL_R_CIPHER_CODE_WRONG_LENGTH 131 |
| 4318 | #define SSL_R_CIPHER_OR_HASH_UNAVAILABLE 132 |
| 4319 | #define SSL_R_CLIENTHELLO_PARSE_FAILED 133 |
| 4320 | #define SSL_R_CLIENTHELLO_TLSEXT 134 |
| 4321 | #define SSL_R_CONNECTION_REJECTED 135 |
| 4322 | #define SSL_R_CONNECTION_TYPE_NOT_SET 136 |
| 4323 | #define SSL_R_COOKIE_MISMATCH 137 |
| 4324 | #define SSL_R_D2I_ECDSA_SIG 138 |
| 4325 | #define SSL_R_DATA_BETWEEN_CCS_AND_FINISHED 139 |
| 4326 | #define SSL_R_DATA_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 140 |
| 4327 | #define SSL_R_DECODE_ERROR 141 |
| 4328 | #define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED 142 |
| 4329 | #define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED_OR_BAD_RECORD_MAC 143 |
| 4330 | #define SSL_R_DH_PUBLIC_VALUE_LENGTH_IS_WRONG 144 |
| 4331 | #define SSL_R_DIGEST_CHECK_FAILED 145 |
| 4332 | #define SSL_R_DTLS_MESSAGE_TOO_BIG 146 |
| 4333 | #define SSL_R_ECC_CERT_NOT_FOR_SIGNING 147 |
| 4334 | #define SSL_R_EMPTY_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_LIST 148 |
| 4335 | #define SSL_R_ENCRYPTED_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 149 |
| 4336 | #define SSL_R_ERROR_IN_RECEIVED_CIPHER_LIST 150 |
| 4337 | #define SSL_R_EVP_DIGESTSIGNFINAL_FAILED 151 |
| 4338 | #define SSL_R_EVP_DIGESTSIGNINIT_FAILED 152 |
| 4339 | #define SSL_R_EXCESSIVE_MESSAGE_SIZE 153 |
| 4340 | #define SSL_R_EXTRA_DATA_IN_MESSAGE 154 |
| 4341 | #define SSL_R_GOT_A_FIN_BEFORE_A_CCS 155 |
| 4342 | #define SSL_R_GOT_CHANNEL_ID_BEFORE_A_CCS 156 |
| 4343 | #define SSL_R_GOT_NEXT_PROTO_BEFORE_A_CCS 157 |
| 4344 | #define SSL_R_GOT_NEXT_PROTO_WITHOUT_EXTENSION 158 |
| 4345 | #define SSL_R_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE_ON_CLIENT_HELLO 159 |
| 4346 | #define SSL_R_HANDSHAKE_RECORD_BEFORE_CCS 160 |
| 4347 | #define SSL_R_HTTPS_PROXY_REQUEST 161 |
| 4348 | #define SSL_R_HTTP_REQUEST 162 |
| 4349 | #define SSL_R_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 163 |
| 4350 | #define SSL_R_INVALID_COMMAND 164 |
| 4351 | #define SSL_R_INVALID_MESSAGE 165 |
| 4352 | #define SSL_R_INVALID_SSL_SESSION 166 |
| 4353 | #define SSL_R_INVALID_TICKET_KEYS_LENGTH 167 |
| 4354 | #define SSL_R_LENGTH_MISMATCH 168 |
| 4355 | #define SSL_R_LIBRARY_HAS_NO_CIPHERS 169 |
| 4356 | #define SSL_R_MISSING_DH_KEY 170 |
| 4357 | #define SSL_R_MISSING_ECDSA_SIGNING_CERT 171 |
| 4358 | #define SSL_R_MISSING_RSA_CERTIFICATE 172 |
| 4359 | #define SSL_R_MISSING_RSA_ENCRYPTING_CERT 173 |
| 4360 | #define SSL_R_MISSING_RSA_SIGNING_CERT 174 |
| 4361 | #define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_DH_KEY 175 |
| 4362 | #define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_ECDH_KEY 176 |
| 4363 | #define SSL_R_MIXED_SPECIAL_OPERATOR_WITH_GROUPS 177 |
| 4364 | #define SSL_R_MTU_TOO_SMALL 178 |
| 4365 | #define SSL_R_NESTED_GROUP 179 |
| 4366 | #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATES_RETURNED 180 |
| 4367 | #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_ASSIGNED 181 |
| 4368 | #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_SET 182 |
| 4369 | #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_AVAILABLE 183 |
| 4370 | #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_PASSED 184 |
| 4371 | #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_SPECIFIED 185 |
| 4372 | #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHER_MATCH 186 |
| 4373 | #define SSL_R_NO_COMPRESSION_SPECIFIED 187 |
| 4374 | #define SSL_R_NO_METHOD_SPECIFIED 188 |
| 4375 | #define SSL_R_NO_P256_SUPPORT 189 |
| 4376 | #define SSL_R_NO_PRIVATE_KEY_ASSIGNED 190 |
| 4377 | #define SSL_R_NO_RENEGOTIATION 191 |
| 4378 | #define SSL_R_NO_REQUIRED_DIGEST 192 |
| 4379 | #define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_CIPHER 193 |
| 4380 | #define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_SIGATURE_ALGORITHMS 194 |
| 4381 | #define SSL_R_NO_SRTP_PROFILES 195 |
| 4382 | #define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_CTX 196 |
| 4383 | #define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_METHOD_PASSED 197 |
| 4384 | #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_CIPHER_NOT_RETURNED 198 |
| 4385 | #define SSL_R_PACKET_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 199 |
| 4386 | #define SSL_R_PARSE_TLSEXT 200 |
| 4387 | #define SSL_R_PATH_TOO_LONG 201 |
| 4388 | #define SSL_R_PEER_DID_NOT_RETURN_A_CERTIFICATE 202 |
| 4389 | #define SSL_R_PEER_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 203 |
| 4390 | #define SSL_R_PROTOCOL_IS_SHUTDOWN 204 |
| 4391 | #define SSL_R_PSK_IDENTITY_NOT_FOUND 205 |
| 4392 | #define SSL_R_PSK_NO_CLIENT_CB 206 |
| 4393 | #define SSL_R_PSK_NO_SERVER_CB 207 |
| 4394 | #define SSL_R_READ_BIO_NOT_SET 208 |
| 4395 | #define SSL_R_READ_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED 209 |
| 4396 | #define SSL_R_RECORD_LENGTH_MISMATCH 210 |
| 4397 | #define SSL_R_RECORD_TOO_LARGE 211 |
| 4398 | #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATE_EXT_TOO_LONG 212 |
| 4399 | #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_ENCODING_ERR 213 |
| 4400 | #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_MISMATCH 214 |
| 4401 | #define SSL_R_REQUIRED_CIPHER_MISSING 215 |
| 4402 | #define SSL_R_SCSV_RECEIVED_WHEN_RENEGOTIATING 216 |
| 4403 | #define SSL_R_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT 217 |
| 4404 | #define SSL_R_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_UNINITIALIZED 218 |
| 4405 | #define SSL_R_SESSION_MAY_NOT_BE_CREATED 219 |
| 4406 | #define SSL_R_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHMS_ERROR 220 |
| 4407 | #define SSL_R_SRTP_COULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_PROFILES 221 |
| 4408 | #define SSL_R_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_LIST_TOO_LONG 222 |
| 4409 | #define SSL_R_SRTP_UNKNOWN_PROTECTION_PROFILE 223 |
| 4410 | #define SSL_R_SSL3_EXT_INVALID_SERVERNAME 224 |
| 4411 | #define SSL_R_SSL3_EXT_INVALID_SERVERNAME_TYPE 225 |
| 4412 | #define SSL_R_SSL_CTX_HAS_NO_DEFAULT_SSL_VERSION 226 |
| 4413 | #define SSL_R_SSL_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 227 |
| 4414 | #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CALLBACK_FAILED 228 |
| 4415 | #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CONFLICT 229 |
| 4416 | #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_TOO_LONG 230 |
| 4417 | #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_HAS_BAD_LENGTH 231 |
| 4418 | #define SSL_R_TLS_CLIENT_CERT_REQ_WITH_ANON_CIPHER 232 |
| 4419 | #define SSL_R_TLS_ILLEGAL_EXPORTER_LABEL 233 |
| 4420 | #define SSL_R_TLS_INVALID_ECPOINTFORMAT_LIST 234 |
| 4421 | #define SSL_R_TLS_PEER_DID_NOT_RESPOND_WITH_CERTIFICATE_LIST 235 |
| 4422 | #define SSL_R_TLS_RSA_ENCRYPTED_VALUE_LENGTH_IS_WRONG 236 |
| 4423 | #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_EMPTY_FRAGMENTS 237 |
| 4424 | #define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_ECDH_PARAMETERS 238 |
| 4425 | #define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_PUBLIC_KEY_PARAMETERS 239 |
| 4426 | #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_GROUP_CLOSE 240 |
| 4427 | #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 241 |
| 4428 | #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_OPERATOR_IN_GROUP 242 |
| 4429 | #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_RECORD 243 |
| 4430 | #define SSL_R_UNINITIALIZED 244 |
| 4431 | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_ALERT_TYPE 245 |
| 4432 | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 246 |
| 4433 | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_RETURNED 247 |
| 4434 | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_TYPE 248 |
| 4435 | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST 249 |
| 4436 | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_KEY_EXCHANGE_TYPE 250 |
| 4437 | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_PROTOCOL 251 |
| 4438 | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_SSL_VERSION 252 |
| 4439 | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_STATE 253 |
| 4440 | #define SSL_R_UNPROCESSED_HANDSHAKE_DATA 254 |
| 4441 | #define SSL_R_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED 255 |
| 4442 | #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_CIPHER 256 |
| 4443 | #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_COMPRESSION_ALGORITHM 257 |
| 4444 | #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_ELLIPTIC_CURVE 258 |
| 4445 | #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL 259 |
| 4446 | #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_SSL_VERSION 260 |
| 4447 | #define SSL_R_USE_SRTP_NOT_NEGOTIATED 261 |
Adam Langley | 1258b6a | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4448 | #define SSL_R_WRONG_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 262 |
David Benjamin | 689be0f | 2015-02-11 15:55:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4449 | #define SSL_R_WRONG_CIPHER_RETURNED 263 |
| 4450 | #define SSL_R_WRONG_CURVE 264 |
| 4451 | #define SSL_R_WRONG_MESSAGE_TYPE 265 |
| 4452 | #define SSL_R_WRONG_SIGNATURE_TYPE 266 |
| 4453 | #define SSL_R_WRONG_SSL_VERSION 267 |
| 4454 | #define SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_NUMBER 268 |
| 4455 | #define SSL_R_X509_LIB 269 |
| 4456 | #define SSL_R_X509_VERIFICATION_SETUP_PROBLEMS 270 |
David Benjamin | 7538122 | 2015-03-02 19:30:30 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4457 | #define SSL_R_FRAGMENT_MISMATCH 271 |
David Benjamin | 9faafda | 2015-04-04 19:23:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4458 | #define SSL_R_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL 272 |
David Benjamin | ece3de9 | 2015-03-16 18:02:20 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4459 | #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_VERSION_NOT_RETURNED 273 |
David Benjamin | 31a0779 | 2015-03-03 14:20:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 4460 | #define SSL_R_OUTPUT_ALIASES_INPUT 274 |
Adam Langley | ba5934b | 2015-06-02 10:50:35 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4461 | #define SSL_R_RESUMED_EMS_SESSION_WITHOUT_EMS_EXTENSION 275 |
| 4462 | #define SSL_R_EMS_STATE_INCONSISTENT 276 |
| 4463 | #define SSL_R_RESUMED_NON_EMS_SESSION_WITH_EMS_EXTENSION 277 |
David Benjamin | 24f346d | 2015-06-06 03:28:08 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4464 | #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_WARNING_ALERTS 278 |
Adam Langley | 614c66a | 2015-06-12 15:26:58 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4465 | #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_EXTENSION 279 |
Adam Langley | 2e857bd | 2015-07-01 16:09:19 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4466 | #define SSL_R_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHMS_EXTENSION_SENT_BY_SERVER 280 |
Adam Langley | 33ad2b5 | 2015-07-20 17:43:53 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4467 | #define SSL_R_ERROR_ADDING_EXTENSION 281 |
| 4468 | #define SSL_R_ERROR_PARSING_EXTENSION 282 |
| 4469 | #define SSL_R_MISSING_EXTENSION 283 |
Adam Langley | 0950563 | 2015-07-30 18:10:13 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4470 | #define SSL_R_CUSTOM_EXTENSION_CONTENTS_TOO_LARGE 284 |
| 4471 | #define SSL_R_CUSTOM_EXTENSION_ERROR 285 |
David Benjamin | 76c2efc | 2015-08-31 14:24:29 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4472 | #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_BOTH_NPN_AND_ALPN 286 |
David Benjamin | d7c5368 | 2014-09-17 12:08:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4473 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CLOSE_NOTIFY 1000 |
David Benjamin | 2e52121 | 2014-07-16 14:37:51 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4474 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 1010 |
| 4475 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_RECORD_MAC 1020 |
| 4476 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPTION_FAILED 1021 |
| 4477 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_RECORD_OVERFLOW 1022 |
| 4478 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE 1030 |
| 4479 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 1040 |
| 4480 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_NO_CERTIFICATE 1041 |
| 4481 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE 1042 |
| 4482 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE 1043 |
| 4483 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED 1044 |
| 4484 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED 1045 |
| 4485 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN 1046 |
| 4486 | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER 1047 |
| 4487 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNKNOWN_CA 1048 |
| 4488 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_ACCESS_DENIED 1049 |
| 4489 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECODE_ERROR 1050 |
| 4490 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPT_ERROR 1051 |
| 4491 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_EXPORT_RESTRICTION 1060 |
| 4492 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_PROTOCOL_VERSION 1070 |
| 4493 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY 1071 |
| 4494 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INTERNAL_ERROR 1080 |
David Benjamin | d7c5368 | 2014-09-17 12:08:13 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4495 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 1086 |
David Benjamin | 2e52121 | 2014-07-16 14:37:51 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4496 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_USER_CANCELLED 1090 |
| 4497 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_NO_RENEGOTIATION 1100 |
| 4498 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 1110 |
| 4499 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE 1111 |
| 4500 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME 1112 |
| 4501 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE 1113 |
| 4502 | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE 1114 |
Adam Langley | 95c29f3 | 2014-06-20 12:00:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4503 | |
David Benjamin | 087e4fa | 2015-04-08 23:46:10 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4504 | #endif /* OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H */ |